INSTRUCTION MANUAL

HITACHI Oil-Free Rotary Screw Air Compressor

Air-Cooled
DSP-90A6N DSP-110A6N
DSP-90VA6N DSP-110VA6N

Water-Cooled
DSP-90W6N DSP-110W6N ● This INSTRUCTION MANUAL explains in detail
DSP-90VW6N DSP-110VW6N the important items that require attention;
observed as the following:
● Always observe Instructions of WARNING,
CAUTION and IMPORTANT, as they indicate
considerable risks to safety.

GRAPHIC DESCRIPTIONS:

WARNING ：Indicates warnings. If handled

improperly, death or severe injury
could result.

CAUTION ：Indicates cautions. If handled

improperly, injury and/or physical
damage could result.

Air-Cooled ：Indicates air-cooled type.

Prior to operation of this air compressor, Water-Cooled ：Indicates water-cooled type.

ensure that all operators read and
understand this INSTRUCTION ：Indicates variable speed type.
MANUAL completely, thereby operating
it safely and properly.
IMPORTANT ：Indicates information that needs
Place the INSTRUCTION MANUAL attention, other than WARNING and
CAUTION.
near the air compressor to make it
available at any time, and refer to it as ：Indicates a reference page.
the need arises.
How to Use This Instruction Manual
● This Instruction Manual covers the standard models of the Hitachi DSP air compressor.
● This Instruction Manual intended to assist daily operators and maintenance personnel
in the installation, operation, control and service of the air compressor.
● Prior to operation of this air compressor, ensure that all operators read and understand
this INSTRUCTION MANUAL completely, thereby operating it safely and properly.
Place the INSTRUTION MANUAL near the air compressor to make it available at any
time, and refer to it as the need arises.
● If there are any questions or comments, please contact the local Hitachi distributor/
master dealer or representative office.
● Fill your compressor’s model name, Serial Number, etc. in Section 13 of this
Instruction Manual. Such information may be helpful when ordering parts, periodic
maintenance, and overhaul.

WARNING
Never remove a protective device from the air compressor or
modify the air compressor.
It is imperative to install an earth leakage (ground) circuit breaker
on the power cable. This prevents a ground fault accident.
DSP air compressors are not designed, intended or approved for
breathing air applications. Hitachi does not approve specialized
equipment for breathing air applications and assumes no respon-
sibility or liability for compressors used for breathing air services.

■ Model Code

D S P - 90 V A 6 N
NEXTseries
Dry or Oil-Free Rotary
Frequency (5: 50 Hz, 6: 60 Hz)
Screw Air Compressor
Cooling Method (A: air-cooled ,
Packaged
W: water-cooled)
V: V type
without V: fixed-speed type
Nominal Output (kW)

● For improvement of the product, contents in this manual are subject to change without notice. Please be forewarned.
Contents
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ………………………………………………………………………………………… 2

2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 Appearance ……………………………………………………………………… 6

2.2 Components …………………………………………………………………… 8
2.3 Daily Operating Components ……………………………………………… 10

3. OPERATING PROCEDURE 3.1 Instrument Panel ……………………………………………………………… 12

3.2 Start/Stop Operation ………………………………………………………… 14
3.3 How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) ……………………………… 15
3.4 How to Use the Digital Monitor …………………………………………… 25
3.5 Daily Operation of Air Compressor ………………………………………… 32
3.6 Daily Operation of Oil Mist Remover ……………………………………… 34
3.7 Adjusting Procedure …………………………………………………………… 35

4. TROUBLESHOOTING 4.1 Protective Device ……………………………………………………………… 36

4.2 Troubleshooting of Air Compressor ………………………………………… 38
4.3 Troubleshooting of Oil Mist Remover ……………………………………… 39

5. INSTALLING AND PIPING 5.1 Unpacking the Air Compressor ……………………………………………… 40

THE DSP 5.2 Conveying the Air Compressor ……………………………………………… 40
5.3 Installing the Air Compressor ……………………………………………… 41
5.4 Piping the Air Compressor …………………………………………………… 42
5.5 Ventilation of Air Compressor Room ……………………………………… 45

6. STARTUP OPERATION 6.1 Startup Operation of the Air Compressor ………………………………… 47

6.2 Initial Setting of OMR Regulator …………………………………………… 50

7. WIRING 7.1 Power Supply Equipment …………………………………………………… 51

7.2 MIV and WIVM Wiring ………………………………………………………… 51
7.3 Connecting the Power Cable ………………………………………………… 52
7.4 Wiring Diagram ………………………………………………………………… 54
7.5 Control Panel /LCD monitor Specifications ……………………………… 54

8. STANDARD COMPONENTS 8.1 Standard Components ………………………………………………………… 60

AND SUBSYSTEMS 8.2 Air/Oil/Water Flow ……………………………………………………………… 61
8.3 Cooling Water ………………………………………………………………… 66
8.4 Capacity Control System ……………………………………………………… 67
8.5 Oil Mist Remover System …………………………………………………… 73

9. MAINTENANCE 9.1 Periodical maintenance of Air compressor ………………………………… 74

9.2 Standard Maintenance Schedule …………………………………………… 75
9.3 Maintenance Schedule for Oil Mist Remover ……………………………… 79
9.4 How to Service the Air Compressor ………………………………………… 80

10. CAUTIONS FOR A LONG TERM OPERATION SUSPENSION …………………………………………… 94

11. PARTS LIST ………………………………………………………………………………………… 95
12. RELOCATION AND 12.1 Relocation …………………………………………………………………… 119
DISPOSAL 12.2 Disposal ……………………………………………………………………… 119
13. WARRANTY AND 13.1 Warranty ……………………………………………………………………… 120
AFTER-SALES SERVICE 13.2 After-Sales Service ………………………………………………………… 120

14. OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK …………………………………………………………………………… 121

15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ………………………………………………………………………………… 122

1
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
To ensure safe and proper operation of the air compressor, it is indispensable to carefully
read and understand the following warnings and instructions detailed below. These
warnings and instructions are attached to the air compressor as shown in the figure
below.
Air-Cooled DSP-90/110A6N
90/110VA6N WARNING
Rotating Parts!
●Keep hands and rods, etc. away from
the rotating parts (Cooling fans, etc.)
WARNING ●Use caution at all times, when air com-
pressor is powered. The air compres-
sor may be capable of restarting with-
out hitting the START button.
Hot Surface! ●When the air compressor is operating,
●Do not directly touch any component do not remove or open the enclosure
inside the air compressor enclosure panels and doors.
when the air compressor is operating ●Before servicing the air compressor,
or immediately after it has stopped, stop it, disconnect the power, espe-
as the components are extremely hot cially when accessing any rotating parts.
and can cause severe injury.
●Before servicing the air compressor,
stop it, disconnect the power, then
wait for the air compressor to cool
down.

Heated!!

Discharge Air pipe

Air End
012B1240 012B1240

013B0816

WARNING WARNING
Hot Surface! Hot Surface!
●Do not directly touch any component ●Do not directly touch any component
inside the air compressor enclosure inside the air compressor enclosure
when the air compressor is operating when the air compressor is operating
or immediately after it has stopped, or immediately after it has stopped,
as the components are extremely hot as the components are extremely hot
and can cause severe injury. and can cause severe injury.
●Before servicing the air compressor, ●Before servicing the air compressor,
stop it, disconnect the power, then stop it, disconnect the power, then
wait for the air compressor to cool wait for the air compressor to cool
down. down.

Aftercooler
Air End
Heated!!
Discharge Air Pipe

Intercooler
Heated!!

2
 1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING
Electric Shock Hazard!
●Before servicing or wiring the
air compressor, disconnect
the power. This will prevent
anyone from turning on the
power and causing an elec-
tric shock that could lead to
severe injury or death.
●Do not allow any unlicensed
person to wire the air compres-
sor. Always use a licensed
electrician.
●Ground the air compressor.

WARNING WARNING

Do Not Breathe Air! High Pressure Air!

Discharge air can contain Carbon Monoxide and ●High pressure air can cause severe injury or death.
other contaminants. Breathing the air can cause Be careful when air compressor is operating.
severe injury or death. Pressurized air can blow out of air relief valves and
etc. at incredibly high velocities.
●When using compressed air to clean equipment,
WARNING use extreme caution and/or wear eye protection.
●Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
disconnect the power, and relieve pressure before
removing filter, plug, fitting or cover.

WARNING

Electric Shock Hazard!

●Before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone
from turning on the power and causing an electric
shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
●Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air Hot Surface!
compressor. Always use a licensed electrician. ●Do not directly touch the air end, discharge air
●Ground the air compressor. pipe,and coolers when the air compressor is
operating and immediately after it has stopped,
because these parts are heated then.
●Before servicing the air compressor (especially
when accessing to the heated parts), stop it, discon-
nect the power, and wait until it is cooled down.

WARNING

Rotating Parts!
●Keep hands and rods, etc. away from the rotating
parts (Cooling fans, etc.)
●Use caution at all times, when air compressor is
powered. The air compressor may be capable of
restarting without hitting the START button.
●When the air compressor is operating, do not
remove or open the enclosure panels and doors.
●Before servicing the air compressor, stop it, dis-
connect the power, especially when accessing
any rotating parts.

3
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Water-Cooled DSP-90/110W6N
90/110VW6N

WARNING
Rotating Parts!
●Keep hands and rods, etc. away from
the rotating parts (Cooling fans, etc.)
WARNING ●Use caution at all times, when air com-
pressor is powered. The air compres-
sor may be capable of restarting with-
out hitting the START button.
Hot Surface! ●When the air compressor is operating,
●Do not directly touch any component do not remove or open the enclosure
inside the air compressor enclosure panels and doors.
when the air compressor is operating ●Before servicing the air compressor,
or immediately after it has stopped, stop it, disconnect the power, espe-
as the components are extremely hot cially when accessing any rotating parts.
and can cause severe injury.
●Before servicing the air compressor,
stop it, disconnect the power, then
wait for the air compressor to cool
down.

Heated!!

Discharge Air pipe

Air End
012B1240 012B1240

013B0816

WARNING WARNING
Hot Surface! Hot Surface!
●Do not directly touch any component ●Do not directly touch any component
inside the air compressor enclosure inside the air compressor enclosure
when the air compressor is operating when the air compressor is operating
or immediately after it has stopped, or immediately after it has stopped,
as the components are extremely hot as the components are extremely hot
and can cause severe injury. and can cause severe injury.
●Before servicing the air compressor, ●Before servicing the air compressor,
stop it, disconnect the power, then stop it, disconnect the power, then
wait for the air compressor to cool wait for the air compressor to cool
down. down.

Air End Aftercooler

Heated!!
Discharge Air Pipe
Intercooler

Heated!!

4
 1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING
Electric Shock Hazard!
●Before servicing or wiring the
air compressor, disconnect
the power. This will prevent
anyone from turning on the
power and causing an elec-
tric shock that could lead to
severe injury or death.
●Do not allow any unlicensed
person to wire the air compres-
sor. Always use a licensed
electrician.
●Ground the air compressor.

WARNING WARNING

Do Not Breathe Air! High Pressure Air!

Discharge air can contain Carbon Monoxide and ●High pressure air can cause severe injury or death.
other contaminants. Breathing the air can cause Be careful when air compressor is operating.
severe injury or death. Pressurized air can blow out of air relief valves and
etc. at incredibly high velocities.
●When using compressed air to clean equipment,
WARNING use extreme caution and/or wear eye protection.
●Before servicing the air compressor, stop it,
disconnect the power, and relieve pressure before
removing filter, plug, fitting or cover.

WARNING

Electric Shock Hazard!

●Before servicing or wiring the air compressor,
disconnect the power. This will prevent anyone
from turning on the power and causing an electric
shock that could lead to severe injury or death.
●Do not allow any unlicensed person to wire the air Hot Surface!
compressor. Always use a licensed electrician. ●Do not directly touch the air end, discharge air
●Ground the air compressor. pipe,and coolers when the air compressor is
operating and immediately after it has stopped,
because these parts are heated then.
●Before servicing the air compressor (especially
when accessing to the heated parts), stop it, discon-
nect the power, and wait until it is cooled down.

WARNING

Rotating Parts!
●Keep hands and rods, etc. away from the rotating
parts (Cooling fans, etc.)
●Use caution at all times, when air compressor is
powered. The air compressor may be capable of
restarting without hitting the START button.
●When the air compressor is operating, do not
remove or open the enclosure panels and doors.
●Before servicing the air compressor, stop it, dis-
connect the power, especially when accessing
any rotating parts.

5
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2.1 Appearance
This section illustrates and describes the major components of the DSP air compressor. Be familiar
with the name, location and function of each component before using the DSP air compressor.
DSP-90/110A6N
Air-Cooled
90/110VA6N
[Front View]
Air Exhaust Air Intake
(Air Compressor Package)
This panel discharges
Air Exhaust Enclosure
the hot air generated Enclosure panels
in the air compressor. lower the sound level
of the air compressor
package.
Left Door
Open the left door only
when servicing the
DSP air compressor. Instrument Panel
Keep it closed when
3.1
operating the DSP air
compressor.

OMR
Plate of Operating /
8.5 for the details Servicing Instructions
Air Intake Read carefully the
Oil Filling Port plate before operating
and servicing the DSP.
Use the port to fill the
gear case with oil.

Oil Level Gauge

This indicates the
quantity of the oil in Air Intake
the gear case. Check (Inlet to the Air End)
the oil level before
starting the DSP and
when operating it.

[Rear View] Air Exhaust

Compressor Name plate

Model designation,
manufacturing number
and specification are
printed.
Compressed Air Discharge
Air Intake
(Air for inverter)

Sling Fitting
Air Intake
Use the sling fitting
Power Supply Port when moving and
installing the DSP air
Check the specifica-
compressor.
tions, power supply
and voltage before
connecting the power
supply.

Air Intake
Air Intake (Air Compressor Package)
(Air for coolers) Air Intake
Air Intake
6
 2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Appearance]

Water-Cooled DSP-90/110W6N
90/110VW6N
[Front View]
Air Exhaust Air Exhaust Air Intake
(Air Compressor Package)
This panel discharges Enclosure
the hot air generated Enclosure panels
in the air compressor. lower the sound level
of the air compressor
package.
Left Door
Open the left door
only when servicing
the DSP air compres- Instrument Panel
sor. Keep it closed 3.1
when operating the
DSP air compressor.

OMR
Plate of Operating /
8.5 for the details Servicing Instructions
Air Intake Read carefully the
plate before operating
Oil Filling Port and servicing the DSP.
Use the port to fill the
gear case with oil.

Oil Level Gauge

This indicates the
Air Intake
quantity of the oil in
(Inlet to the Air End)
the gear case. Check
the oil level before
starting the DSP and
when operating it.

[Rear View]
Air Exhaust

Compressed Air Discharge

Air Intake
(Air for inverter)

Sling Fitting
Air Intake
Use the sling fitting
Power Supply Port when moving and
installing the DSP air
Check the specifica- compressor.
tions, power supply
and voltage before
connecting the power
supply.

Air Intake
Air Intake (Air Compressor Package)
(Air for Package) Air Intake
Air Intake
7
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Components]

2.2 Components

Air-Cooled DSP-90/110A6N
90/110VA6N

Check valve
Aftercooler
Discharge pipe (Compressed Intercooler
Air Discharge)

Air relief valve Enclosure

Cooling fan

Instrument panel
Oil cooler

Hi-precooler Control panel

Oil mist remover

Common base

2nd-stage air end

Main motor

1st-stage air end

Air intake filter

Oil filter
Oil level gauge

8
 2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Components]

Water-Cooled DSP-90/110W6N
90/110VW6N

Aftercooler

Air relief valve

Discharge pipe Cooling fan

(Compressed air discharge)

Enclosure

Intercooler

Instrument panel

Oil mist remover Control panel

2nd-stage air end

Common base

Oil cooler
Check valve

1st-stage air end Main motor

Air intake filter

Oil filter
Oil level gauge

9
2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Daily Operating Components]

2.3 Daily Operating Components

1 Controls on the Instrument Panel 2 Oil Level Gauge

● Indicates the operation control section. ● Verify that the oil stays between the upper and
( 3.1) lower red lines of the oil level gauge during the
● Power ON → The Power light ON. operation.
Oil level might be higher than upper line during air
● Start: Press the START button. → Start light ON.
compressor stopping due to oil returning from the cooler
● Stop: Press the UNLOAD STOP button. → and pipings.
The compressor unloads for 5 minutes and then Oil Filling Port
stops. → Start light OFF.
● Power OFF: → Power light OFF.

RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE

AUTO

MONITOR REMOTE
POWER
ALARM

［× 10h］ LOAD
MENU

FUNC RESET AUTO START

＋／− SHUTDOWN
UP/
DOWN

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

SET
STR 1 2

MONITOR

UNLOAD STOP

Oil Level Gauge

3 Lubricating Oil 4 Aftercooler and Intercooler - Condensate Drain Valve

Oil: Use genuine Hitachi GL-68 DSP Compressor Oil. ● Verify that air containing condensate is discharged
Replace the oil every 8,000h operating hour or every intermittently from the intercooler and aftercooler
2-year, whichever comes earlier. drain ports.
The higher temperature and humidity, the more condensate
is produced. Condensate may not be produced on the
intercooler side during winter.

[Fixed speed type]

Control pipe filter

drain port

Intercooler
drain port
Aftercooler
drain port

Aftercooler
Intercooler
drain port
drain port

10
 2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [Daily Operating Components]

Water-Cooled

5 Cooling Water Control Line Filter

6 [Fixed speed type]
① Stop the cooling water flow when the DSP has
stopped running. ● Check the sight glass on the control line filter to
② Open the water drain peacock and the water drain make sure that the condensate discharged
valve at the water drain port to remove the cooling properly.
water from the system.

③ Take care to completely drain the cooling water

during the winter season to prevent freezing in the
cooling water pipes ( 8.3)

Water drain peacock

Control line filter

Sight Glass

Water drain port

7 Stopping operation
● Normally use the UNLOAD STOP button to stop
the air compressor. The air compressor then
unloads for 5 minutes and stops running.
(In the case of an emergency, press the
EMERGENCY STOP button to stop operation.)

RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE

AUTO

MONITOR REMOTE
POWER
ALARM

［× 10h］ LOAD
MENU

FUNC RESET AUTO START

＋／− SHUTDOWN
UP/
DOWN

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

SET
STR 1 2

MONITOR

UNLOAD STOP

IMPORTANT

Keeping the second-stage air end as dry as possible

is essential for preventing it from rusting due to a long
term operation suspension. When stopping the DSP,
therefore, execute an unloading operation and thereby
remove the moisture from the second-stage air end.

11
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE
3.1 Instrument Panel

LCD monitor MONITOR Button AUTO light (yellow) RESET Button

Displays the operation data, ON (glowing) when an Resets SHUTDOWN
Switches the monitor display.
various settings, shutdown/ automatic operation (an and ALARM screens.
( 3.3.1)
AUTO operation, a schedul- ( 3.3.3)
alarm information, etc.
ing operation, or lead/lag
( 3.3)
operation) is activated.
ON (blinking) when external
calendar or scheduling
operation is abnormal.
( 3.3.3, 3.3.5)

AUTO

MONITOR

MENU

＋／−
UP/
DOWN

SET

MONITOR

MENU Button +/- UP DOWN Button SET Button Contrast adjustment

Displays the menu screen. Moves the cursor. Saves any adjusted set SET + [ ] buttons:
Also used to move the ( 3.3.4) points. Increases brightness.
cursor. ( 3.3.4) SET + [ ] buttons:
Decreases brightness.
( 3.3.6)

12
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [Instrument Panel]

RUNNING MODE Light

● POWER light (yellow): Lights up when the main power
is turned on.
● REMOTE light (green):
ON (glowing) when the REMOTE button is pressed in
Digital Monitor EMERGENCY STOP button
order to activate a remote operation.
Used for basic settings as well Stops for emergency. ON (blinking) when an external remote-operation-
as other various settings in ( 3.2.3) activation switch has been turned on in order to
activate a remote operation. ( 3.4.6)
combination with the LCD monitor.
● LOAD light (yellow): ON (glowing) when the air
( 3.3.6) compressor is loading.
● ALARM light (green): Blinks if ● AUTO START light (green):
ER G E N C ON (glowing) while the air compressor is in a stop due
an alarm failure occurs. M

Y
to an AUTO operation,lead/lag operation, or
scheduling operation.
ON (blinking) while the air compressor is in a stop due
to a restartable instantaneous power interruption.
( 3.3.3)
STOP ● SHUTDOWN light (red): Blinks if a shutdown failure
occurs. ( 3.3.3)

RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE

STOP Button
REMOTE
POWER Stops the compressor
ALARM
immediately without unloading.
［× 10h］ LOAD
( 3.2.2)
FUNC RESET AUTO START
SHUTDOWN

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

STR 1 2 UNLOAD STOP Button

Stops the compressor in normal
state.
The compressor stops running
after removing the condensate
Press this button to stop the air compressor. from the air end. ( 3.2.2)
The air compressor will stop after removing the
condensate from the air end.
※This stop button is effective while a stand alone operation. UNLOAD STOP

SELECT/WIDE Button/Light (Yellow) START Button

Press to confirm the measurement Starts the air compressor.
REMOTE Button values, shutdown history, and The START light turns ON while
Activates or deactivates a setting status. ( 3.4.1, 3.4.2) air compressor is running.
remote start/stop operation To s e t t h e E C O M O D E [ E n e rg y
locally or on the instrument saving mode] (Fixed speed type
panel. ( 3.4.6). only), hold down the SELECT/WIDE
button for at least 7 seconds. The
light blinks and ECOMODE is set.

13
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [Start/Stop Operation]

3.2 Start/Stop Operation

3.2.1 Connecting the Power 3.2.2 Start/Stop
When the power is connected, the POWER light turns When the START button is pressed, the START light
ON and the following Hitachi logo display appears on turns on and the compressor starts operating.
the LCD. After 5 seconds, monitoring display appears; When the compressor starts running, the asterisk on
it shows operation type, discharge air pressure, total the right side of running hours blinks and running time
operating hours, etc. starts to be counted.
To stop the operation, press the UNLOAD STOP
button. Operation stops after 5-minute drying of air end
and air piping.
To stop the compressor immediately without
unloading, press the STOP button.
Note) If the STOP button is pressed during unloading,
the compressor stops immediately.
COMPRESSOR MONITOR
CONTROLLER

IMPORTANT

5 seconds (1) The air compressor does not start for 10 second after
power on to secure the safety.
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 㻌㻌㻌㻌㻖 For , if the START button is pressed within 10 to
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭
15 seconds after power-on, the AUTO START light will
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻢 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕
blink up to 10 seconds for operation preparation and
㻾 㼁 㻺 㻌㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻜 䡄 then the compressor starts running.
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻡 㻠 䡄 (2) Make sure that the door is closed before starting the
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻟 air compressor.
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻝 㻝 䠂
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻞 㻠 䡏
(3) Buttons, such as START/STOP/RESET function shall
㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻝 䡏 be pressed for more than 0.3 seconds.
㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻡 㻜 䠝
㻲 㻾 㻱 㻽 㼁 㻱 㻺 㻯 㼅 䠖 㻞 㻟 㻚 㻤 䠤 䡖
㻻 㼁 㼀 㻼 㼁 㼀 䠖 㻝 㻠 㻚 㻣 䠤 㻼
3.2.3 Emergency Stop
Pressing EMERGENCY STOP button, the DSP
※ The asterisk blinks when the clock and total
compressor immediately stops.
running hours are active.
This switch should only be pressed in emergency.
The compressor can not be restarted until the switch is
If phase is reversed, “Connection Error: Reverse manually reset.
Phase” will be displayed on the LCD monitor as a Turn the switch knob clockwise and press the RESET
setting/connection check message. In this case, button to reset.
exchange 2 out of the 3 main power cables. If the air
compressor has control transformer in the control
panel, Open Phase is indicated as Reverse Phase. So
check the power cable connection of T Phase.
In case of open phase, “Connection Error: Open
Phase” will be displayed on the LCD monitor. In this
case, check the power cables.

14
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3 How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)

3.3.1 How to Move between the Various Displays
■ Monitoring Displays ■ Menu Displays
There are three monitoring displays as shown Follow the bottom line message on the display.
below. This monitoring display is the top screen.
The monitoring display switches ever y time the
MONITOR button is pressed.

■ Monitoring Display ( 3.3.2) ■ Menu Screen ( 3.3.5)

Monitor display 1 Function Menu Display
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭
㼇 㻲 㼁 㻺 㻯 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼁 㼉
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻢 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕
MENU
㻝 䠊 㻮 㻭 㻿 㻵 㻯 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼁 㻼
㻾 㼁 㻺 㻌㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻜 䡄
㻞 䠊 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 㻵 㻙 㼁 㻺 㻵 㼀
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻡 㻠 䡄
㻟 䠊 㻯 㻭 㻼 㻭 㻯 㻵 㼀 㼅 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻟
㻠 䠊 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁 㻸 㻱
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻝 㻝 䠂
㻡 䠊 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻞 㻠 䡏
MONITOR
㻢 䠊 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭
㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻝 䡏
㻣 䠊 㻭 㻸 㻭 㻾 㻹 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅
㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻡 㻜 䠝
㻲 㻾 㻱 㻽 㼁 㻱 㻺 㻯 㼅 䠖 㻞 㻟 㻚 㻤 䠤 䡖
㻤 䠊 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅
㻻 㼁 㼀 㻼 㼁 㼀 䠖 㻝 㻠 㻚 㻣 䡇 䠳

㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻺 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷

MONITOR
Monitor display 2
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞
㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠖 䚷 䚷 㻞 㻥 㼜 㼟 㼕
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻝 㻡 㼜 㼟 㼕
㻯
㼀
㻸
㻱 㻹
㼀 䠊
㻼
㻼
㻱
㻾
㻾
㻱
㻭
㻿
㼀
䠖
㼁 㻾 㻱
㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㼜 㼟 㼕 IMPORTANT
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻝 䠖 㻟 㻞 㻜 䉣
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻞 䠖 㻟 㻟 㻤 䉣 About the LCD Backlight
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻝 㻟 㻣 䉣
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉣 (1) In the event that no button has been used for 10
㻞 㻺 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 䠊 䠖 㻝 㻜 㻤 䉣
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻱 㻺 㻭 㻺 㻯 㻱 minutes, the LCD backlight automatically turns OFF for
㻴 㻾 䠊 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻜 㻜 䡄
㻺 㻱 㼄 㼀 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 protection to the display panel. It comes ON again if
any button is pressed, other than the START and STOP
MONITOR
buttons.
(2) If an event happens while the LCD backlight is off, the
backlight automatically turns ON and stays ON as long
as the event exists. Remote and instant stop mode
can't be set by the LCD monitor. Set after referring to
“3.4 How to Use the Digital Monitor.”
■ Message Display ( 3.3.3)
Monitor display 3
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 㻖
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㼀 㼁
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻢 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕

䠘 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 䠚
㻯
㻻
㻻
㻵
㻻
㻸
㻸
䠖
㻭 㻺 㼀 䠖
■ Message Display
㻞
㻴
䠪
㻵
㻰
㻳
㻌
㻴
㻿 㼁
㻌㻰
㻯
㻵
㼀
㻿
䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹
䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹
㻼 㻌
㻼 䠖㻌
Automatic restart/stop messages after shutdown or
㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻭 㻯 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻌㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖
MONITOR
㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 䠖 warning occurrence and inspection/maintenance
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㼃 䠊 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 㻌 㻼 䠊
㻰 㻾 㼅 㻱 㻾 㻌㻌㻌㻌 㼃 䠋 㻻 㻌 㻿 㻱 㻼 䠊 messages is preferentially displayed in the Monitor
㻱 㻸 㻱 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼀
㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 㼟 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻌 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻌 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊 Display 3.
By pressing the MONITOR button here, the display
can be switched but is back to the Monitor Display 3
after approximately 10 seconds.

15
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.2 Monitoring Displays

■ Monitor Displays during Normal Operation

Monitor Display 1
VSDA ＊ SAVE
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 㻖 (1)
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 (2)
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻢 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕 (3)
Indicates ECOMODE is activated for
㻾 㼁 㻺 㻌㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻜 䡄 㻖 fixed speed type.
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㻴 㻻 㼁 㻾 䠖 㻡 㻠 䡄 (4) ( 3.4.8)
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻝 㻞 㻟
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻝 㻝 䠂
㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻞 㻠 䡏 (5)
㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻝 䡏
㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻡 㻜 䠝 (6)
㻲 㻾 㻱 㻽 㼁 㻱 㻺 㻯 㼅 䠖 㻞 㻟 㻚 㻤 䠤 䡖 (7)
㻻 㼁 㼀 㻼 㼁 㼀 䠖 㻝 㻠 㻚 㻣 䡇 㼃 (8) Displayed when stop is limited for AUTO
㻹 㻭 㻿 㼀 㻱 㻾 (9) operation (Standard: no symbol)

Monitor Display 2
INTE : Indicates fixed speed type used the standard, 2-step
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 䠆 control system.
㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻞 㻥 㼜 㼟 㼕 AUTO : Indicates fixed speed type used the automatic motor
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻝 㻡 㼜 㼟 㼕
stop/restart capacity control system.
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㼜 㼟 㼕
㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㼁 㻾 㻱 VSDB : Indicates Vtype without the AUTO capacity control.
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻝 䠖 㻟 㻞 㻜 䉣 (10)
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻞 䠖 㻟 㻟 㻤 䉣 VSDA : Indicates Vtype with the AUTO capacity control
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻝 㻟 㻣 䉣
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉣
(standard setting for Vtype).
㻞 㻺 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 䠊 䠖 㻝 㻜 㻤 䉣
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻱 㻺 㻭 㻺 㻯 㻱
EXIT : Indicated the external capacity control is used.
㻴 㻾 䠊 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻜 㻜 䡄
(11) MR : Indicates multi unit control system through the
㻺 㻱 㼄 㼀 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖
communication is used

IMPORTANT

“CURRENT” reading is an approximate S-phase Amp

reading.
“OUTPUT” reading is an approximate calculated power
reading.

(1) Indicates current time. An asterisk blinks. (6) Indicates the amperage current of the package
input (CURRENT).
(2) Indicates the control state.
(7) Indicates the operating frequency of the main motor
(3) Indicates a discharge pressure (DIS.PRESS)
(FREQUENCY).
(4) Indicates total running hours (RUN HOUR), total
(8) Indicates “＊＊＊” for this air compressor.
loaded hours (LOAD HOUR), and total number of
loads (LOAD TIMES). (9) Indicates (MASTER), when the air compressor is
Blinking asterisk means counting the r unning master in lead-lag operation.
hours.
(10) Indicates each pressure and temperature. “＊＊＊”
(5) Indicates a percentage of load to unload of the DSP indicates not in use.
air compressor (LOAD RATE).
(11) Indicates the number of hours until the next
For Vtype, the rate is calculated based on only
maintenance ser vice (HR. TO MAINT), and the
frequency. Indicates “＊＊＊”, if PQ wide mode is
next maintenance type (NEXT MAINT).
selected.

16
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.3 Message Displays

■ Shutdown Messages
① When the shutdown occurs for the compressor, the SHUTDOWN light and shutdown contents on the LCD
monitor (contents are displays on the left side and details are displayed on the right side) blink and the
compressor stops running. There are 2 types of screens for shutdown: SHUTDOWN and FAILURE.

㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖 2 0 1 2 䠋 0 1 䠋 0 1 1 9 䠖 1 9 *
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㼀 㼁 T Y P E 䠖 V S D A
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻢 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕 D I S 䠊 P R E S S 䠖 4 6 p s i

䠘 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 䠚 䠘 F A I L U R E 䠚
㻯 㻻 㻻 㻸 㻭 㻺 㼀 䠖
㻻 㻵 㻸 䠖
㻞 䠪 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻌 S Y S T E M E R R 䠖
㻴 㻵 㻳 㻴 㻌㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 S Y S T E M R E T R Y
㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻭 㻯 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻌㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖 P C B E R R 䠖
㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 䠖 P R E S S 䠊 S N S R E R R 䠖
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㼃 䠊 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 㻌 㻼 䠊 T E M P 䠊 S N S R E R R 䠖 1
㻰 㻾 㼅 㻱 㻾 㻌㻌㻌㻌 㼃 䠋 㻻 㻌 㻿 㻱 㻼 䠊 D 䡅 s c o n n e c t p o w e r
㻱 㻸 㻱 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼀 s n d c o n t a c t
㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 㼟 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻌 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻌 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊 d i s t r 䡅 b u t o r

(Example) (Example)
When the air compressor stops running with blinking When the air compressor stops running with blinking FAILURE
SHUTDOWN and OVERLOAD, it indicates the thermal relay and TEMP.SNSR ERR, the temperature sensor 1 is
trip by overload. disconnected.

② Take the proper corrective action, and press the RESET button.
For further information, Section 4.

■ Alarm Messages
① When the alarm occurs for the air compressor, the ALARM light and contents / details displayed on alarm screen
on the LCD monitor blink and operation continues. There are 2 types of alarm screens: ALARM and PROBLEM.

㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖 㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻝 㻥 㻖
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 䚷 䚷 㻢 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕 㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 䚷 䚷 㻢 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕

䠘 㻭 㻸 㻭 㻾 㻹 䠚 䠘 㻼 㻾 㻻 㻮 㻸 㻱 㻹 䠚
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 䠄 㻌 㻌 㻌 䠅 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉣
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉣 㻯 㻻 㻺 㻺 㻱 㻯 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻌 㻱 㻾 㻾 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㻻 䠊 㻼 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖 㼜 㼟 㼕 㻾 㼑 㼏 㼛 㼚 㼚 㼑 㼏 㼠 㻌 㼜 㼛 㼣 㼑 㼞 䠊
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉣 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 䠥 㻙 㼁 㻿 㻱 㼀 㻱 㻾 㻾
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㼜 㼟 㼕 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁 㻸 㻱 㻌 㻿 㻱 㼀 㻌 㻱 㻾 㻾
㻞 䠪 㻰 㻙 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹
㻲 㻵 㻼 㻌 㻺 㻙 㼀 㻯 㻻 㻹 䠊 㻱 㻾 㻾 㻌 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㼃 䠊 㻸 㻻 㼃 㻌 㻻 㻵 㻸 㻯 㻻 㻹 䠊 㻱 㻾 㻾 㻌 㻭 㻸 㻹 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌
㻰 㻾 㼅 㻱 㻾 㻭 㻵 㻾 㻌㻲 㻵 㻸 㼀 㻱 㻾 㻮 㻭 㼀 㼀 㻱 㻾 㼅 㻌㻻 㼁 㼀
㻸 䠊 㻯 㻻 㼁 㻺 㼀 㻌 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 㻌 㼃 䠋 㻻 㻌 㻿 䠊
㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 䡏 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻌 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊 㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 㼟 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊

(Example) (Example)
When the ALARM and AIR FILTER blink, it indicates air When the PROBLEM and BATTERY OUT blink, it indicates
intake filter clogs. the battery replacement period.

② Take the proper corrective action, and press the RESET button.
For further information, Section 4.
NOTE) Malfunction detection of water failure (LOW W) is available for only water cooled single stage compressor.
Malfunction detection of dryer (DRYER) is available for only built-in dryer models. Malfunction detection of
oil water separator (W/O SEP) is not available.

17
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

■ Messages of Automatic Stop Display

When the air compressor stops automatically, the AUTO START light glows or blinks and RESTART display
appears. After the air compressor restarts, monitoring display appears again.

● SCHEDULED STOP: Schedule operation setting

<AUTO light glows>
This indicates that the air compressor has been
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 㻖 automatically stopped by a pre-set time.
㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 The air compressor starts automatically when the
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 䚷 䚷 㻢 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕
pre-set restart time comes.
䠘 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 䠚

㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 㻭 㼀 䠖 䠆 䠆 䠖 䠆 䠆
㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 㼃 㻭 㻵 㼀 䠖 㻌 㻞 㻣 䡏
● LEAD/LAG OPERATION STOP (option)
㻺 㻻 㼃 䠈 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼 㻼 㻱 㻰 䠞 䠵 䠖 <AUTO light glows>
㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁 㻸 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼
㻭 㼁 㼀 㻻 㻹 㻭 㼀 㻵 㻯 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼 This indicates that the air compressor is waiting for
㻰 㻾 㼅 㻱 㻾 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 㻱 㻰
star ting as a slave unit in a two-unit-alternate
㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 䠋 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 㼁 㻼
㻵 㻼 㻵 㻌 㻾 㻱 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 operation or a backup operation.
㻯 㼀 㻸 㻾 䠊 㻾 㻱 㼀 㻾 㼅

● DRYER PRESTARTED (Built-in dryer model)

<AUTO light blinks>
This indicates that the dr yer has started and air
compressor is waiting for the start. The RESTART
WAIT field shows an expected waiting period until
the air compressor can start in seconds.

● AUTO OPERATION
<AUTO light glows>
This indicates that the air compressor in AUTO
operation has stopped due to the low air demand and
is waiting for restarting when demand is needed.
The RESTAR T WAIT field shows an expected
waiting period until the air compressor can restart in
seconds.

● INSTANT STOP / RETRY (Retry is for only Vtype)

<AUTO light blinks>
For both fixed speed and Vtype, this indicates that
the air compressor has stopped due to an
instantaneous power inter r uption (IPI). The
RESTART WAIT field shows an expected waiting
period until the air compressor can restar t in
seconds.
For Vtype, this indicates that the air compressor has
stopped due to the variable speed drive failure and is
waiting for restart as well. The RESTART WAIT
field shows an expected waiting period until the air
compressor can restart in second.

18
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

■ Maintenance Notice Messages

① Periodical maintenance
A maintenance date is determined by the amount of total operating hours or an elapsed calendar period, whichever
comes first. When the maintenance date or time arrives, the maintenance notice message appears on the display
under the heading of MESSAGE.
This function is only for the notice and is not output externally.
The consumable parts for the suction throttle valve shall be replaced this maintenance notice or L COUNT OVER
appears, whichever comes first.

㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞 㻖 0.5 year, 1.5 years,

㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻿 㻰 㻭 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻌 2.5 years, 3.5 years, Half-yearly
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻢 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕 4.5 years, 5.5 years
1 year, 5 years Yearly + half-yearly
䠘 㻹 㻱 㻿 㻿 㻭 㻳 㻱 䠚
2 years, 4 years 2-yearly + yearly + half-yearly

㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠊 䠖 㻝 㼅 㻱 㻭 㻾 㻌 㻌 3 years 3-yearly + yearly + half-yearly

㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠊 䠯 䠟 䠤 䠡 䠠 䠱 㻸 䠡 䠖 㻭 6 years, overhaul 6-yearly + 3-yearly + 2-yearly + yearly + half-yearly
㻼 㼞 㼑 㼟 㼟 㻿 㻱 㼀 㻌 㼍 㼒 㼠 㼑 㼞 㻌 㻯 㻴 㻷 䠊
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠊 㻯 㻻 㻹 㻼 㻸 㻱 㼀 㻱 㻰 (1)
㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㻌 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻸 㻻 㻯 㻭 㻸 (2)
㻵 㻺 㻌 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠮 㻵 㻰 㻱 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 (3) A Standard Maintenance Schedule (A) (for yearly 8,000-or-less operating hours)
㻵 㻺 㻌 㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼
㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㻌 㼁 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 B Standard Maintenance Schedule (B) (for yearly 4,000-or-less operating hours)

CAUTION
If a message of maintenance notice is displayed, carefully read it and service the air compressor as
instructed by this manual. After servicing the air compressor, press the SET button and hold it down for
more than seven (7) seconds; the MAINT. COMPLETED message appears. After one (1) minute, the
monitor display appears.

Note:
1. MAINTenance can be reset, if the servicing is done earlier than expected and if the remaining operating time to next maintenance is
less than 2,000h in the case of A, 1,000h in the case of B.
2. On the contrary, if the servicing is done after the maintenance notice has appeared, the remaining operating hours to the next
maintenance has been zero until the maintenance is done. After maintenance and resetting the counter, new counting time starts
just after the maintenance notice message has appeared on the display.

② Other Message Displays

(1) SWITCH TO LOCAL (3) IN UNLOAD STOP
If set to local by remote operation following Blinks when the UNLOAD STOP button is used.
shutdown restoration, the air compressor will The air compressor unloads for 5 minutes and
automatically return to local operation in case of then stop.
a shutdown, and the message will be displayed
for 1 minute. ( 3.4)

(2) IN OVERRIDE MODE.

Indicates that the compressor is in override
mode.

19
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.4 How to Move within a Menu Display and to Change a Setting

The method and procedure for altering settings is displayed using the following as an example.

1 How to MOVE within a [FUNCTION MENU] Display

① Press the MENU button when the monitor display 1
[ F U N C T I O N M E N U ]
or 2 is appeared
䠊
② Press the △ or ▽
1 B A S I C S E T U P
2 䠊 M U L T I -
U N I T
buttons to move to the
3 䠊 C A P A C I
T Y C O N T R O L desired item number.
4 䠊 S C H E D U
L E
5 䠊 O P E R A T
I O N D A T A ③ Press the SET button to open the related setting
6 䠊 L O A D D
A T A
7 䠊 A L A R M H I S T O R Y
display.
8 䠊 S H U T D O W N H I S T O R Y
The following explanation uses [MULTI-U SETTING
display] as an example.
S E T 䠖 O P E N M O N 䠖 B A C K

2 How to Select or Change a Setting within a Setting Display

① Press the △ or ▽ buttons to move to the
㼇 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 㻵 㻙 㼁 㻌 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼀 㻵 㻺 㻳 㼉
desired item number.
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻤 䠊 㻜 㼔
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟 IMPORTANT
㻡 䠊 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 㼁 㻼 䠖 㻣 㻼 㻿 㼕
㻢 䠊 㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 䠖 㻟 㻼 㻿 㼕 Item number with a dash “-“ cannot be selected on LCD
㻣 㻭 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻠 㻤 㻜 㻹 㻵 㻺 monitor. It can be selected from digital monitor. ( 3.4
㻤 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻮 How to Use the Digital Monitor for the detail.)
▽

㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻱 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 ② Press the button to move to the desired

setting field.
①
③ Press the △ or ▽ buttons until the desired
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻤 䠊 㻜 㼔 setting appears.
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟 ④ Press the SET button to return to the item number.
⑤ Press the SET button again to return to the item
②
number 1. This saves the changed setting.
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻤 䠊 㻜 㼔 Press the MONITOR button to retur n to the
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟
[FUNCTION MENU] display. Press the MONITOR
button again to view the monitoring display.
③
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻡 䠊 㻜 㼔
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟

④
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸 㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻡 䠊 㻜 㼔 㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻡 䠊 㻜 㼔
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼 㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟
⑤ 㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟

20
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.5 [FUNCTION MENU] - Setting Displays

1 Model Setting Confirmation

This display contains software version (VER.), air
compressor series (SERIES NAME), cooling method
㼇 㻮 㻭 㻿 㻵 㻯 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼁 㻼 㼉
㼂 㻱 㻾 䠊 䠖 㻡 䠊 㻜 㻡 䠊 㻜 ① (COOLING METHOD), number of air compression
㻿 㻱 㻾 㻵 㻱 㻿 㻺 㻭 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻰 㻿 㻼 ② stages (NO. OF STAGE), action against instantaneous
㻯 㻻 㻻 㻸 㻵 㻺 㻳 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㼃 㼀 㻾 ③
㻺 㻻 䠊 㻻 㻲 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻳 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻞 ④
power interruption (IPI) and etc. “＊＊” means the
㻼 㻙 㻿 㻼 㻱 㻯 䠖 䚷 㻝 㻜 㻜 㼜 㼟 㼕 ⑤ setting that is not required.
㻼 䠊 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭 䠖 䚷 䚷 㻢 㻤 㼜 㼟 㼕 ⑥ ① Indicates board software version.
䠟 䠰 䠖 㻞 㻡 㻜 䠝 ⑦
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻰 㻱 㻸 㻭 㼅 䠖 㻌 㻡 㼟 ⑧ ② Indicates compressor type.
㻵 㻼 㻵 䠖 㻵 㻵 㻵 ⑨ ③ Displays cooling type.
㻭 㻰 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 㻺 㻻 䠊 䠖 㻌 㻝 ⑩ ④ Displays the number of compressor stages.
⑤ Displays pressure specification.
㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 ⑥ Displays interstage pressure.
⑦ Indicates CT setting value.
⑧ Displays water failure detection conditions for water
IMPORTANT
cooled compressor.
When contacting the local Hitachi distributor, inform ⑨ Displays status of instantaneous power interruption
this information as a based setting status. (IPI) restart setting.
⑩ Displays compressor number. (Must be distinguished
by number is using communication function.)

2 Operation Mode Setting

Confirm the settings by lead/lag and multi unit SNGL Operates an air compressor independently
Operates by multi roller EX of exclusive use for NEXT
control (option). These options need wiring series using communication function.
STPR
modification. Item number with a dash “-“ cannot be By this setting RS485 communication port is effective.
The setting of air compressor number is required.
selected on LCD monitor.
Operates two air compressors alternately according to
DUAL
a time schedule. The AUTO light comes ON (glowing).
㼇 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 㻵 㻙 㼁 㻌 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼀 㻵 㻺 㻳 㼉 Operates two air compressors according to a preset
back up pressure. Starts the back up slave unit when
㻝 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻿 㻺 㻳 㻸 BKUP
the pressure has dropped to the desired preset back up
㻞 䠊 㻰 㼁 㻭 㻸 㻌 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻤 䠊 㻜 㼔 pressure. The AUTO light comes ON (glowing)
㻟 䠊 㻹 㻱 㼀 㻴 㻻 㻰 䠖 㻻 㼂 㻾 㻾 㻸 㻭 㻼
㻠 䠊 㻿 㼃 㻵 㼀 㻯 㻴 㻻 㼂 㻱 㻾 䠖 㻜 㻝 㻡 㼟
Slave unit starts, master/slave units overlap in operation
㻡 䠊 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 㼁 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕 OVERLAP
for a preset period, and then master unit stops.
㻢 䠊 㼁 㻺 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻌 㻟 㼜 㼟 㼕
㻣 㻭 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻌 㻠 㻤 㻜 㻹 㻵 㻺 Master unit stops, a non-operating interval passes, and
INTERVAL
㻤 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻮 then slave unit starts.

5. BACKUP: Pressure to star t a backup unit in a

㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻱 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷
backup operation (cut-in (load) pressure – α)
1- MODE: Operation mode set on the digital monitor. 6. UNLOAD: Pressure to unload both the units in a
backup operation (cut-out (unload) pressure – α)
IMPORTANT
7- ALT. TIME: Displays time remaining until switch for
If using the backup function, switch to the digital
monitor for setting. dual / backup operation. Time is not counted down
when operating 2 units for backup operation. When
2. DUAL TIME: Alternate operation hours of lead/ operation is stopped, remaining time is maintained.
lag operation.(Setting range : 0.1 to 99.9 hours;
8- CONTROL MODE: Control mode A or B for Vtype
initial value: 8.0)
( 3.3.2). “＊＊” is indicated in fixed speed type.
3. METHOD: Switching method (overlap or interval)
of lead/lag operation.
IMPORTANT
4. SWITCHOVER: Switching-over or overlapping
The settings can be memorized while the air compressor
period of lead/lag operation. (Setting range : 5 to
is stopped.
300 seconds; initial value: 15)
21
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3 Capacity control
This function sets the pressures and times for capacity 8. TIME: ⑥ Can set the time to use pressure setting 2.
control. Two different combinations (P1 and P2) of When set the value properly, ② is indicated in “ S-A”. If
pressures can be used. Item number with dot “ . ” can the start and stop time is set at same value, pressure
be select from LCD monitor. Item number with a dash “ setting 2 is not in use and ② is indicated in S-1. And
- “ can be selected from digital monitor. ( 3.4) pressure setting 1 and 2 can be changed by external
switch. Set the F018 on digital monitor “2”. ( 3.4.2
① ② ③
and 3.4.7)
㼇 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼀 㻵 㻺 㻳 㼉
㻝 䠊 㼀 㼅 㻼 㻱 䠖 㼂 㻭 㼎 㼎 㼎 㼏 㼏 㼏 IMPORTANT
㻞 䠊 䠬 㻸 㻻 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻖 㻖 㼜 㼟 㼕
㻟 䠊 䠬 㻵 㻯 㻭 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䠊 㻖 䡉 㻟 The settings can be memorized while the air compressor
䠄 㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸 䠋 㻯 㼁 㼀 㻙 㻵 㻺 㻕
is stopped.
㻠 㻼 㻝 䠖 㻌 㻝 㻜 㻜 䠋 㻌 㻌 㻤 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕
㻡 㻼 㻞 䠖 㻌 㻝 㻜 㻜 䠋 㻌 㻌 㻤 㻣 㼜 㼟 㼕
䠄 㼀 㻭 㻾 㻳 㻱 㼀 㻌 㻼 㻝 䠋 㻼 㻞 㻕 ④
㻢 㼀 㻭 㻾 㻳 㻱 㼀 䠖
㻌 㻌 㻥 㻤 䠋 㻌 㻌 㻥 㻤 㼜 㼟 㼕
4 Scheduled Operation
㻣 㼀
㻵 㻹 㻱 㻌 㻸 㻵 㻹 㻵 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻟 㻜 㼟 ⑤
䠄 㻼 㻞 㻱 㻲 㻲 㻱 㻯 㼀 㻵 㼂 㻱 㻕
㻤 䠊 㼀 㻵 㻹 㻱 䠖 㻝 㻤 䠖 㻜 㻜 ࠥ 㻞 㻞 䠖 㻜 㻜 ⑥ Allows a standard daily scheduling operation.
㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻱 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷

㼇 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁 㻸 㻱 㻌 㻿 㻱 㼀 㼀 㻵 㻺 㻳 㼉
㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻣
1. Type: Indicates the setting data for capacity control 㻝 䠊 㻹 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁 㻸 㻱
① Type of capacity control (Cannot be changed from 㻿 㼀 㻭 㻾 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻼
䠄 㻝 䠅 㻜 㻣 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㼅 㻞 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㼅
LCD monitor) 䠄 㻞 䠅 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺
Fixed speed type 䠄 㻟 䠅 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺
䠄 㻠 䠅 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺
I: Indicates the standard, 2-step control. 䠄 㻡 䠅 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺 㻜 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻌 㻺
IP: Indicates the motor stop/restart capacity control
㻞 䠊 㻾 㻱 㻯 㻻 㻾 㻰 㻝 䠖 㻝 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜
to “I”. 㻟 䠊 㻾 㻱 㻯 㻻 㻾 㻰 㻞 䠖 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻜
Vtype
㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㻱 㻌 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷
VA: Indicates motor stop/restart capacity control is
This illustration indicates a scheduling operation from 7:00 to
effective. 20:00. TIME field indicates a current time of 19:07.
VB: Indicates motor stop/restart capacity control is
canceled. 1. MODE:
② Pressure setting (Cannot be changed from LCD
OFF Operates without a schedule.
monitor)
S-1: Indicates pressure setting 1 Schedule Operates according to a daily 24- hour calendar.

S-2: Indicates pressure setting 2

(1) to (5) : Five Start/Stop Time Patterns
EXT: Indicates external pressure setting
S-A : Indicates pressure setting switches by set time ･ START : Starting Time
on ⑥. ･ STOP : Stopping Time
③ Option condition and setting. ･ Y or N : Starts or Stops as scheduled
NUL: Indicates no option.
IMPORTANT
2. - 3. OPTION: Used for options.
When the schedule is selected, the AUTO light comes ON
4. - 6. Pressure Setting: ④ Indicates cut-in, cut-out (glowing) if the time setting is valid and ON (blinking) if the
time setting is invalid. The settings can be memorized
and target pressure setting 1 and 2 can be confirmed.
while the air compressor is stopped.
Target means target pressure for ECOMODE
2.-3. RECORD1, 2 : This function allows for the
7. TIME LIMIT (Fixed speed type only)
capability to record data over a desired time in a day.
⑤ Indicates the time limit of load/unload one-cycle
To view the recorded data, refer to “5. Operation data
time for ECOMODE. Load/unload one-cycle time
display” on the next page.
must be 30 seconds or more. ( 3.4.8)

22
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

5 Operation Data Display 7 Alarm History

㼇 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭 㼉 㼇 㻭 㻸 㻭 㻾 㻹 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅 㼉

㻝 䠊 㻜 㻤 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻜 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻝 䠊 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍
㻼 䠖 㻜 㻠 㻢 䚸 㻜 㻝 㻥 䚸 㻜 㻝 㻢 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻯 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻞 㻝 㻸 㻺 㻻 㻿 䠊 䠖 㻌 㻝 ①
㻯 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻣 䠋 㻜 㻤 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻞 㻢
㼀 䠖 㻞 㻡 䚸 㻟 㻟 䚸 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻞 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖
㻸 䠖 㻡 㻥 䚸 㻝 㻤 䠊 㻤 㻯 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻺 㻻 㻿 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖
㻞 䠊 㼍 㼍 䠋 㼎 㼎 㼏 㼏 䠖 㼐 㼐 㻖 㻖 䠋 㻖 㻖 䠋 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䠖 㻖 㻖
㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻟 䠊 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖
㻯 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻯 㻻 㻰 㻱 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻺 㻻 㻿 䠊 䠖 㻖 㻖
㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䠋 㻖 㻖 䠋 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䠖 㻖 㻖
㻸 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䚸 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖

㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷

Data can be recorded for a maximum of twelve (12) This display shows a maximum of 6 alarms and
times. The 13th recorded data is automatically deleted displays the following information as such: type of
and the 1st recorded data is added. The most recent alarm, the number of times, and the date and time. If
data is arranged at the top of the display. If a change to the same alarm occurs in a short period of time, the
these settings is desired, the sampled data before the older data is deleted and the more recent data is stored,
settings change will be left as is and the new recorded and alarm NOS. is updated. The most recent data is
data will be applied after the change. arranged at the top of the display. Press the △ or
Press the △ or ▽ button to move within the display. ▽ button to move within the display.
1. and 2. : Indicates the MONTH / DAY HOUR: MINUTE.
① Indicates operating condition.
P - Represents a pressure (psi) and indicates from left
to right: Discharge air pressure, Interstage L: When loading, U: When unloading,
pressure, Oil pressure, ＊＊＊ S: When Stopped
C - Represents an amperage current (A)
T - Represents a temperature (° F) and indicates from
8 Shutdown History
left to right: 1st stage discharge air temperature,
2nd stage dischar ge air temperatur e, oil 㼇 㻲 㼁 㻺 㻯 㼀 㻵 㻻 㻺 㻹 㻱 㻺 㼁 㼉

temperature, ＊＊＊, 2nd stage suction temperature. 㻝 䠊 㻮 㻭 㻿 㻵 㻯 㻌㻿 㻱 㼀 㼁 㻼

㻞 䠊 㻹 㼁 㻸 㼀 㻵 㻙㼁 㻺 㻵 㼀
L - Represents a load ratio percentage (%) 㻟 䠊 㻯 㻭 㻼 㻭 㻯 㻵
㼇
㼀 㼅
㻰
㻯 㻻 㻺 㼀 㻾 㻻 㻸
㻱 㼀 㻭 㻵 㻸 㻿 㼉
㻠 䠊 㻿 㻯 㻴 㻱 㻰 㼁㻸 㻱
Unavailable fields are filled with asterisks. 㻡
㻢
䠊
䠊
㻻
㻸
㻼
㻻
㻱
㻭
㻾
㻰
㻭 㻝㻵
㼀
㻰㻭
䠊
㻻
㻰
㼀
㻺 㻰 㻭 㼍㼀 㻭㼍 㼍 㼍
㻭㻵 㻿 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿
㼍
䠖
㼍 㼍 㼍 㼍
㻌 㻌 㻠
㼍
㻤
㼍
㼜
㼍
㼟
㼍
㼕
㻣 䠊 㻭 㻸 㻭 㻾 㻹 㻴 㻵㻵 㻿㻺 㼀 㼀㻻 㻿㻾 㼀
㼅 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㼜 㼟 㼕
㻤 䠊 㻿 㻴 㼁 㼀 㻰 㻻 㼃 㻺 㻴 㻵 㻿 㼀 㻻 㻾 㼅
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻖 㻖 㼜 㼟 㼕
6 Load Data Display 㻯
㻰
㻸 㼀
㻵 㻿
䠊
䠊
㻼
㼀
㻾
㻱
㻱
㻹
㻿
㻼
䠖
䠊 㻝 䠖
㻖 㻖
㻝
㼜
㻤
㼟
㻜
㼕
䉣
㻿 㻱 㼀 䠖 㻻 㻼 㻱 㻺 㻰
㻹 㻻㻵 㻺 㻿 䠖 䠊㻮㼀
㻭 㻯㻱 㻷㻹 㻼 䠊 㻞 䠖 㻝 㻤 㻜 䉣
㻻 㻵 㻸 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉣
㼇 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻰 㻭 㼀 㻭 㼉 㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉣
㻞 㻺 㻰 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉣
㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻝 㻜 㻜 㻭
㻝 䠊 㻜 㻤 䠋 㻜 㻝
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻣 㻡 㼜 㼟 㼕 㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷

㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻠 㻜 䠝
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻜 㻢 㻡 䠂
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠫 䠳 䠡 䠮 䠖 㻌 㻝 㻣 㻚 㻤 㼗 㼃
This display shows a maximum of 6 shutdowns and
㻞 䠊 㻜 㻝 䠋 㻜 㻝 displays the following information as such: type of
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻣 㻡 㼜 㼟 㼕
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻯 㼁 㻾 㻾 㻱 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻠 㻜 䠝
shutdown, the number of times the air compressor has
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻸 㻻 㻭 㻰 㻾 㻭 㼀 㻱 䠖 㻜 㻢 㻡 䠂 shutdown, and the date and time of the shutdown. The
㻭 㼂 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠫 䠳 䠡 䠮 䠖 㻌 㻞 㻟 㻚㻤 㻡 㼗 㼃
shutdown history display also shows the operation data
㻹 㻻 㻺 䠖 㻮 㻭 㻯 㻷 (pressure, temperature, current) sampled at the time of
This display shows the averaged load data per day. Data shutdown.
can be recorded for a maximum of 6 days; the 7th day To view the operation data sampled when the shutdown
of averaged load data is automatically deleted and the occurred; in the shutdown history display, move to the
1st or most recent averaged data is added. The most item number of the targeted shutdown to view. Press
recent data is arranged at the top of the display. Press the SET button to open the [DETAILS] display.
the △ or ▽ button to move within the display. ● How to clear the all alarm and shutdown histories.
Data is averaged from start to stop every day. If 24h Set the F041 on digital monitor “1”. ( 3.4.2).
operation is done, data is averaged at AM 0:00.

23
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)]

3.3.6. Other Settings

Initial Setting 3-Language Display Switch
The calendar and clock are set by Hitachi prior to The language of the display can be switched to
delivery. To reset the calendar and clock, contact Japanese, English or Chinese by the dip switch on
the local Hitachi distributor. the back of the LCD monitor board. If the language
needs to be changed, consult with the local Hitachi
distributor.
Brightness Adjusting
Adjust the LCD brightness as follows:
Bit 1 2 3 4-8
To brighten:
Japanese OFF OFF OFF
Hold down the SET button and press the
English ON OFF OFF
MONITOR button.
Chinese OFF ON OFF Not
To darken: used
Setting for United
Hold down the SET button and press the States
ON OFF ON
FUNCTION button. Test mode ON ON OFF
Power must be turned off before setting.

Digital Monitor Operation Classification

The following is a table of contents that can be set by
the LCD monitor and digital monitor (next section).

LCD monitor Digital monitor

Function Item Remarks
operation (F mode)
MULTI-U SETTING MODE - ○ F000 Dual, backup, etc
display DUAL TIME ○
METHOD ○
SWITCHOVER ○
-
BACKUP ○ Differential pressure
UNLOAD ○ Differential pressure
ALT.TIME △ (automatic change)
CONTROL MODE ○ (Factory set) V type only
CONTROL SETTING TYPE (left) - ○ F019 Example: I type (load/unload type)
display TYPE (center) ○ F018 Example: Setting 1
TYPE (right) ○ Option (not supported)
P-LOSS ○ - Option (not supported)
PI-CA ○ Option (not supported)
P1 ○ F022 - Setting 1, Setting 2
P2 ○ F022 - Setting 1, Setting 2
-
TARGET - Prohibited to change
TIME LIMIT ○ (Factory set) Energy saving mode decision time
TIME ○
SCHEDULE SETTING MODE ○ Function switching
display -
START/STOP ○
RECORD 1, 2 ○ Operation data measurement
Other settings Air compressor No. ○ F001
IPI ○ F002 -
Remote operation ○ F005 -
Dryer operation ○ F008 -
-
AUTO operation ○ F011 -
ECOMODE ○ Display switch button operation
Reset Shutdown/Alarm ○ Reset button operation
Load count ○ Remote + display switch button
Maintenance ○ - Set button 7 sec. ON
Shutdwon/Alarm history - ○ F041

24
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4 How to Use the Digital Monitor

3.4.1 How to Display Operation Status, Shutdown History, and Status of Various Settings
All display contents of the digital monitor are linked with the LCD monitor. All of the following display contents can
be confirmed by the LCD monitor.
Use the following operations to display the contents of other operation/setting status on the LCD monitor and
readily confirm operation status and setting status by the digital monitor.

(1) How to Display the Operation Status When the power is turned on, discharge pressure is displayed
on the screen of the digital monitor. Use the following
P: Discharge pressure (psi) procedure to switch the digital monitor to other display.
SELECT/WIDE 1 Press
① Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Operation time is
Blinks when operation time is added.
Total running hour (×10)
displayed on the screen.

② Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Interstage pressure is

SELECT/WIDE 1 b: Interstage pressure (psi)
displayed on the screen with “b.”
Press once to go to
the next item.
③ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. 1st-stage air end outlet
2 F)
C: 1st-stage air end outlet temp (゜ temperature is displayed on the screen with “C.”
(320゜F)
Press once to go to ④ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Load rate is displayed on
the previous item.
RESET
L: Vtype: Not in use the screen with “L.”
Fixed speed type: Load ratio (%)
Return to discharge ⑤ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Load count is displayed
pressure display
U: Load count (×10,000 times) on the screen in units of 10,000 times with “U.”

Air-Cooled
H: Vtype: Main motor operating frequency (Hz) ⑥ Press the SELECT/WIDE button. Operation frequency of
Fixed speed type: Not in use (display only)
the fan motor is displayed on the screen with “d.”
d: Fan motor operating frequency (Hz) To return to one item at a time, press the 2
button. To
Water-cooled type: Not in use (display only)
return to discharge pressure, press the RESET button.
To shutdown history display
● If the alarm or shutdown light is blinking, the shutdown
code is displayed with “E0” ( page 36, 37).
“E0” indicates the contents of the latest shutdown.
IMPORTANT ● If the alarm or shutdown light is blinking, it indicates that
the alarm or shutdown has not been reset. Check E0.XX
1. When other than P (Discharge pressure is
and reset.
displayed), it automatically returns to P in 3 minutes.
2. Load ratio is a reference-calculated value.

25
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

(2) How to Display Shutdown History Use the following procedure to display shutdown history.
Discharge pressure display
SELECT/WIDE
[Latest shutdown] ① Press the SELECT/WIDE button 8 times. “E0.” is the
１ displayed with the shutdown code ( Section 4). “0”
Press 8 times. indicates the most recent shutdown. (The display
automatically changed to “E.0” when shutdown or alarm
[Previous shutdown]
occurs.)
SELECT/WIDE 1 XX ： Shutdown code
② Press the SELECT/WIDE button. “E1.” is displayed along
Press once to go to
the next item. with the shutdown code. “1” indicates shutdown that
2 ［Oldest shutdown］ occur red previously. Six items of data (0 to 5) are
Press once to go to recorded. “E5” indicates the oldest shutdown.
the previous item. History consists of 6 date items.

RESET ③ Press the RESET Button. The screen is returns to the

Return to discharge operation status.
pressure display.
Not used (display only)
IMPORTANT

If the shutdown code “XX ”is “ ”, it Indicates that

there is no shutdown history. Also, when anything
Not used (display only)
other than shutdown history is displayed without
shutdown resetting, the display is return to the latest
shutdown history in 3 minutes.
To display of various settings

(3) How to Display Various Settings (Perform operation only when confirmation is
necessary.)
Use the following procedure to display capacity control type
Discharge pressure display
SWITCH DISPLAY
No.0 ： Control status
and pressure setting values for confirmation.
１
A ： Capacity control type
Press 16 times. ① Press the SELECT/WIDE button 16 times. “0.A＊＊” is
No.1 ： Start pressure 1 then displayed on the screen. The content of “＊＊” varies
100 ： 100psi
depending on specifications. “A” may be “L” or “U”
１
No.2 ： Recover pressure 1 depending on capacity control specifications.
Proceeds by 1 087 ： 87psi
each time pressed.
② Consists of items 0 - 9. Pressure setting status and
2 No.3 ： Pressure differential 1
optional pressure setting 2 can be confirmed each time
Returns by 1 each
007 ： 7psi the SELECT/WIDE button is pressed.
time pressed.
No.4 ： ECOMODE
Cycle time ③ Press the RESET Button. The screen is returns to the
30 second
RESET usual discharge pressure display.
Returns to No.5 ： Start pressure 2
discharge pressure.
100 ： 100psi

No.6 ： Recover pressure 2

087 ： 87psi
IMPORTANT

No.7 ： Pressure differential 2 Symbol displayed at No. 0 and corresponding capacity

007 ： 7psi control type
No.8 ： Instantaneous power A: AUTO function setting
interruption (IPI) setting
000 ： Invalid
L: Fixed speed type setting
(INTE … Load/unload operation)
No.9 ： Compressor address U: Vtype setting (AUTO function canceled)
001 ： No.1
( 3.3.5 and 8.4)

26
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4.2 How to Set Control Functions

■ Various settings (instantaneous power interruption (IPI), remote operation, capacity control
setting, pressure setting, etc.)
Switches the display from monitor mode to setting mode (F mode).

RESET
Displays 000th item of F mode.
SELECT/WIDE １

Hold down the RESET FUNC Switches each time FUNC is pressed.
button and press the
SELECT/WIDE button
for 3 seconds or Displays setting value.
more to change to
the F mode. Perform F000: (0: Sets Stand alone operation.)
same operation to
return.
See the F mode table for more detail.
１ Forward Use １ 2 buttons to change the value.
2 Back

F000: (1: Sets multiple unit control.)

STR Press STR to store the setting.

Back

Setting can be changed and memorized from the digital monitor without opening the control panel.

■ F Mode table
7 segment Precision/
Function Item Range Default Remarks
display unit
0: Stand alone operation,
Multiple unit control
F000 Control setting 0-1 1 0 1: Multiple unit control
setting
(communication supported)
Instantaneous power
F002 0-1 1 0 0: Valid, 1: Invalid
interruption (IPI) setting
Instantaneous power When the IPI function is available,
interruption (IPI) Instantaneous power instantaneous power interruption is
restart setting F003 interruption (IPI) 1-5 1 sec 1 detected between 20 ms and the
detection period setting setting detection period set here, and
air compressor restarts. ( 3.4.5).
0: REMOTE button,
Remote control switch
F005 0-3 1 0 1: Local, 2: Remote,
method
3: Selectable by external contact
Remote operation
Remote operation
setting F006 0-1 1 0 0: Pulse input, 1: Level input
method
Remote shutdown
F007 0-1 1 0 0: Invalid, 1: Valid
recovery

AUTO setting F011 AUTO operation enabled 0-1 1 0 0: Valid, 1: Invalid

Cut-in/Cut-out pressure 0: Combination 1, 1: Combination 2,

Capacity control F018 0-2 1 0
selection 2: Selectable by external contact
Function setting 0: Built-in sensor, 1: External contact,
F021 Pressure control system 0-2 1 0
(option) 2: Selectable by external contact

27
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

7 segment Precision/
Function Item Range Default Remarks
display unit
Control pressure 71 ∼ 125 1psi 125
F022
setting 1 psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.86) (0.01MPa) (0.86)
Cut-out pressure 1 71 ∼ 128 1psi 128
Pressure F023 psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.88) (0.01MPa) (0.88)
setting 1
※2 Cut-in pressure 1 71 ∼ 122 1psi 120
F024
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.84) (0.01MPa) (0.83)
Restart pressure 1 71 ∼ 122 1psi 120
F025
100 / 125 psi (0.69 / 0.86 MPa) specifications

psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.84) (0.01MPa) (0.83) ※ Setting can be altered at

V type
Control pressure2 71 ∼ 125 1psi 125 any time.
F031
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.86) (0.01MPa) (0.86)
Cut-out pressure 2 71 ∼ 128 1psi 128
Pressure F032 psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.88) (0.01MPa) (0.88)
setting 2
※2 Cut-in pressure 2 71 ∼ 122 1psi 120
F033
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.84) (0.01MPa) (0.83)
Restart pressure 2 71 ∼ 122 1psi 120
F034
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.84) (0.01MPa) (0.83)
Cut-out pressure 1 71 ∼ 100 [125] 1psi 100 [125]
F023
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.69 [0.86]) (0.01MPa) (0.69 [0.86])
Pressure
Cut-in pressure 1 73 ∼ 86 [110] 1psi 85 [110]
setting 1 F024
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.59 [0.76]) (0.01MPa) (0.59 [0.76])
※2
Restart pressure 1 73 ∼ 86 [110] 1psi 85 [110]
Fixed F025
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.59 [0.76]) (0.01MPa) (0.59 [0.76]) ※ Setting can be altered at
speed
Cut-out pressure 2 73 ∼ 100 [125] 1psi 100 [125] any time.
type F032
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.69 [0.86]) (0.01MPa) (0.69 [0.86])
Pressure
Cut-in pressure 2 73 ∼ 86 [110] 1psi 85 [110]
setting 2 F033
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.59 [0.76]) (0.01MPa) (0.59 [0.76])
※2
Restart pressure 2 73 ∼ 86 [110] 1psi 85 [110]
F034
psi (MPa) (0.5 ∼ 0.59 [0.76]) (0.01MPa) (0.59 [0.76])

Shutdown history clear F041 (＊1) History clear 0∼1 1 0 0：Enter, 1：History clear

Note:
※ Setting of the items without ※ in remarks can be memorized while the air compressor is stopped.
＊1: When set to “1”, history is cleared. After clearing, the value is automatically reset to “0”.
＊2: Refer to the below table about the Capacity control pressure setting conditions.
Do not change the setting of F items that are not specified in the table above.

● Capacity control pressure setting conditions

Type Setting conditions (Example of Pressure setting 1)

Fixed-speed ① F023 shall be set F024 +3 psi (0.02 MPa) or higher, and F025+3 psi (0.02 MPa) or higher.

① F023 shall be set F022+3 psi (0.02 MPa) or higher.

Variable-speed
② F024 and F025 shall be set F022 or lower.
Note 1: The same setting condition is applied for Pressure Setting 2 (F031 to F034).

IMPORTANT

1. Pressure setting when minimum air receiver tank is installed ( 5.4.4)

Vtype : Pressure differential between cut-out and cut-in shall be 7 psi (0.05 MPa) or more, and pressure differential between
cut-out and target shall be 3 psi (0.02 MPa) or more.
Fixed speed type : Pressure differential between cut-out and cut-in shall be 15 psi (0.1 MPa) or more.
2. External selection of Cut-in/Cut-out pressure combination 1 or 2 is an option. (F018-2)

28
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4.3 Change of Pressure Setting Use the following procedure to change the pressure
setting of the capacity control system.

Pres. ① Switch the display from monitor mode to setting

setting 1 mode (F mode).

FUNC Press the button. ② Set Pressure Setting 1 in F mode.

( 3.4.2)
STR Press the button.
IMPORTANT

１
Change For operation procedure, refer to the various settings.
2 values. After entering setting values, be sure to press the
STORE button and return to the monitor mode.
Make sure to press the STORE button to memorize
the setting value.

3.4.4 Change of Capacity Control Type AUTO (automatic motor stop/restart function) can be
selected properly.

AUTO setting ① Switch the display from monitor mode to setting

mode (F mode).
FUNC Press the button.
② Set 0 (valid) or 1(invalid) while the air compressor is
stopped.
Press the button.
STR
Set AUTO OFF.
Capacity control type AUTO ON AUTO OFF
(Initial value: 0)
F011 0: Valid 1: Invalid
１
Change Digital monitor display 0. AＸX 0. UＸX
2 values.
After setting change, confirm the capacity control type
by checking the settings on the digital monitor
( 3.4.1 .
( 3.4.7, 3.4.8 and 8.4)

3.4.5 Restart for Instantaneous Power In item F018, pressure setting 1 and 2 can be switched.
Interruption
① This function is available for IPI between 20 ms and
the set value (F003: 1 to 5 sec).

RUNNING MODE
② When IPI occurs , the air compressor stops and the
START light turns off.
REMOTE
POWER
③ After power recovers within F003 set condition, the
LOAD AUTO light blinks and the START light turns ON
AUTO START
③ (glowing) to inform that the air compressor is
SHUTDOWN

waiting for restarting from IPI.

START STOP

2
④ The air compressor restarts 15 seconds after power
recovers.

IMPORTANT

UNLOAD STOP
(1) IPI means that the power voltage drops to zero (0)
instantaneously.
(2) For the IPI time of less than 20 ms, the air compressor
②③
continues to run.
(3) For the IPI time of more than the setting, the air
IPI is standard function. IPI can be canceled by F002. compressor judges it as a power failure; the air
compressor stops but does not restart automatically.
refer to the page 27.
Press the START button to restart the air compressor.

29
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4.6 Remote Operation Setting

The REMOTE button on the instrument panel sets
remote operation as (1). In addition, remote operation
On (1) Remote setting by instrument panel
On (2) Remote setting fixed can be set by (2) and (3).
ＲＥＭＯＴＥ
Blinking (3) Remote setting by external operation button
Off Local setting (1) To change the Local or remote operation by
REMOTE button on the instrument panel
① Press the REMOTE button.
IMPORTANT
② REMOTE light turns ON (glowing) to indicate the
● When F001 is set to “1:Multi unit control”, remote remote operation is effective.
operation is selected automatically and the REMOTE
light turns ON (blinking). ③ To retur n to local operation mode, press the
● Remote/ local setting change from the setting mode (F REMOTE button again. REMOTE light turns OFF
mode) can be memorized while the air compressor is
to indicate the remote operation is ineffective.
stopped.
● When the remote operation is active, the air
compressor still can be stopped locally by pressing the
(2) To fix the remote operation
STOP button on the instrument panel.
① Switch the display from monitor mode to setting
mode (F mode).

② Change the value of F005 to “2: Remote”.

Remote
control FUNC Press the button.
switching ( 3.4.2)
Press the button.
STR Set to "Remote ③ REMOTE light turns ON (glowing) to indicate the
setting fixed."
(Initial value: 1) remote operation is effective.
1
Alter
2 values.
(3) To change the Local or remote operation by
external contact.
(Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master
dealer or representative office.)
① Connect the external contact wiring. ( 8.2)

② Switch the display from monitor mode to setting

mode (F mode).
③ Change the value of F005 to “3: Selectable by
external contact”. ( 3.4.2)
④ Shor t the exter nal contact to set the remote
operation.
⑤ REMOTE light turns ON (glowing) to indicate the
remote operation is effective.

30
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [How to Use the Digital Monitor]

3.4.7 Pressure Setting Switching Function

Two different combinations of cut-out pressure and cut-
in pressures can be used: Pressure combination 1 and
2. The Combination 1 is used as the standard daily Energy Saving Effect
settings. The Combination 2 is used for a limited time Cut-out
press.1
period where different settings may be required, and Cut-out
press.2
can be set for a certain time

Line pressure
Cut-in
( 3.3.5 and 3.4.2) press.1
Load Unload
Load light turns on (glowing) during load and turns off Cut-in
press. 2
during unload when pressure combination 1 is Glow OFF Glow OFF Glow OFF Blink OFF
Load light
selected. Load light turns on (blinking) during load and Blink Blink

turns off during unload when pressure combination 2 is External contact (option) OFF ON

selected. ECOMODE and PQ wide mode is invalid Time

during pressure combination 2 is activated.
Exter nal selection of Cut-in/Cut-out pressure
combination 1 or 2 is an option. (F018-2). Contact the
local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or
representative office.

3.4.8 ECOMODE Function (only for Fixed speed type)

(1) Setting of ECOMODE (Energy Saving Mode)
ECOMODE is set OFF on factor y setting. See
ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＣＯＮＴＲＯＬ SELECT/WIDE
SELECT/WIDE button in page 13 to be activated.
This function enables a power saving operation by １
reducing the cut-out pressure to a preset target
ＡＬＡＲＭ

value, based on if the load/unload cycling interval is ＲＥＳＥＴ

ON : The light blinks.
ＦＵＮＣ

OFF : The light turns off.

longer than the set interval. If the cycling interval ＲＥＭＯＴＥ ＳＥＬＥＣＴ／ＷＩＤＥ

time is longer than set interval, the system reduces SELECT/WIDE

ＳＴＲ １

the cut-out pressure to a target so as to make the Press the button for 7 sec-
onds or more to set.
cycling interval closer to the set value. Minimum
cut-out pressure is cut-in pressure + 7 psi (0.05
MPa). Minimum cycle time is 30 seconds.
Cut-out is
If the cycle time is 30 seconds or more, SELECT/ Energy Saving Effect automatically
WIDE light tur ns on (blinking) to indicate reduced.
Cut-out
ECOMODE is effective. By setting the ECOMODE
Line pressure

pressure
to ON, the display’s TYPE field shows SAVE for a
Cut-in
power saving operation. ( 3.3.2) pressure
Load Unload

(2) Caution for using ECOMODE Time

Larger than standard air receiver tank is required to Factory setting

keep the ECOMODE effective. ( 5.4.4). Pressure differential between cut-in and cut-out pressure: 15 psi (0.1MPa)
Allowable pressure differential for ECOMODE: 7 psi (0.05MPa) (unable to change)
Minimum cycle time: 30 seconds

31
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [Daily Operation of Air Compressor]

3.5 Daily Operation of Air Compressor

CAUTION
● When using the air compressor, do not raise the discharge pressure excessively. Operating the air
compressor over the rated pressure can result in main motor overload, shutdown of the airend and/or
damage of parts.

● If the air relief valve has blown or a protective device has shutdown the air compressor, investigate
the cause of and take corrective action. If there are any questions or comments in taking these
actions, contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office.

3.5.1 Preparing the air compressor

① Connect the power.
② Check the POWER light and LCD, and verify that:
- the POWER light is ON, and the monitor display has
appeared.

② ③ Check the oil level gauge, and verify that:

- the oil stays around the upper or lower red lines of the oil
ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＣＯＮＴＲＯＬ ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＭＯＤＥ

level gauge.
ＲＥＭＯＴＥ
ＰＯＷＥＲ
ＡＬＡＲＭ

④ Close the petcock and water relief valve.

ＬＯＡＤ

ＲＥＳＥＴ ＡＵＴＯ ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＦＵＮＣ
ＳＨＵＴＤＯＷＮ

ＲＥＭＯＴＥ ＳＥＬＥＣＴ／ＷＩＤＥ ＳＴＡＲＴ ＳＴＯＰ

Water-Cooled
ＳＴＲ １ ２
⑤ Open the cooling water valve.

UNLOAD STOP

IMPORTANT

③ Verify that the oil stays between the upper and lower red
lines of the oil level gauge while air compressor is running.
Since the oil comes back to the oil case after the air
compressor stops, the oil level during air compressor
running is lower than during air compressor stopping.

3.5.2 Starting the air compressor

① Open the discharge stop valve.
ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＣＯＮＴＲＯＬ ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＭＯＤＥ
② Press the START button.
③④ ＡＬＡＲＭ
ＲＥＭＯＴＥ

ＬＯＡＤ
ＰＯＷＥＲ
- The compressor switches to full load operation within 20
ＦＵＮＣ
ＲＥＳＥＴ
ＳＨＵＴＤＯＷＮ
ＡＵＴＯ ＳＴＡＲＴ

seconds for the Fixed speed type and within 10 seconds for
DIS. PRESS： １００ ｐｓｉ ＲＥＭＯＴＥ ＳＥＬＥＣＴ／ＷＩＤＥ ＳＴＡＲＴ ＳＴＯＰ

ＳＴＲ １ ２
the V type.
INTSTG. P： ２２ ｐｓｉ
OIL PRESS： ２２ ｐｓｉ
CLT PRESS： ＊＊ ｐｓｉ
③ Check the LCD monitor, and verify that:
UNLOAD STOP
- the oil pressure is 12 psi (0.08 MPa) or more.
② ④ Check the LCD for a gradual rise of the discharge
air pressure, and verify that:
- the maximum discharge air pressure is less than the rated
pressure.
①

[Rear View]

32
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [Daily Operation of Air Compressor]

3.5.3 While Operating the Air Compressor

① Check the LCD for operating pressures and
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
temperatures, and verify that:
AUTO

MONITOR
ALARM
REMOTE
POWER
- Interstage pressure (INTSTG P), oil pressure (OIL PRES),
1st stage discharge air temperature (DIS. TEMP 1), 2nd
［× 10h］ LOAD
MENU

FUNC RESET AUTO START

＋／− SHUTDOWN
UP/
DOWN

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

stage discharge air temperature (DIS. TEMP 2), oil
SET
STR 1 2

MONITOR temperature (OIL TEMP) and 2nd stage suction

temperature (2ND SUCT. T) stays within the normal range.(
UNLOAD STOP

6.1.3)

㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞
② Verify that the intercooler/aftercooler condensate
㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 㻿 㼁 㻾 㻱 drain is discharged intermittently when the air
㻵 㻺 㼀 㻿 㼀 㻳 䠊 㻼 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻞 㻥 㼜 㼟 㼕
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻝 㻡 㼜 㼟 㼕 compressor is loading.
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㼜 㼟 㼕
㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻝 䠖 㻟 㻞 㻜 䉣 ③ When the air compressor is unloading, condensate
㻰
㻻
㻵
㻵
㻿
㻸
䠊
㻌
㼀
㼀
㻱
㻱
㻹
㻹
㻼
㻼
㻞
䠖
䠖 㻟
㻝
㻟
㻟
㻤
㻢
䉣
䉣
drain is discharged one (1) second a five (5)
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 䉣 minutes.
㻞 㻺 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 䠊 䠖 㻝 㻜 㻤 䉣
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻱 㻺 㻭 㻺 㻯 㻱
㻴 㻾 䠊 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻜 㻜 䡄
㻺 㻱 㼄 㼀 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖

3.5.4 When Stopping the Air Compressor

① Press the UNLOAD STOP button to stop the air
compressor.
ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＣＯＮＴＲＯＬ ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＭＯＤＥ

ＲＥＭＯＴＥ
The air compressor unloads for 5 minutes and stops.
② (In the case of an emergency, pr ess the
ＰＯＷＥＲ
ＡＬＡＲＭ

ＬＯＡＤ

ＲＥＳＥＴ ＡＵＴＯ ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＦＵＮＣ

EMERGENCY STOP button.)

ＳＨＵＴＤＯＷＮ

DIS. PRESS： １００ ｐｓｉ ＲＥＭＯＴＥ ＳＥＬＥＣＴ／ＷＩＤＥ ＳＴＡＲＴ ＳＴＯＰ

INTSTG. P： ２２ｐｓｉ ＳＴＲ １ ２

OIL PRESS：
CLT PRESS：
２２ｐｓｉ
＊＊ｐｓｉ ② Check the pressure after the air compressor stops
① UNLOAD STOP
running.
- Both oil pressure and interstage pressure shall be 0 psi
(The pressures may be 1 psi depending on operation
conditions.)

③ Check the sight glass on the control line filter to

confirm that drain is properly discharged. (Fixed-
④
speed type)

④ Close the valve on the discharge side.

[Rear View]
Water-Cooled
⑤ Close the cooling water stop valve. Open the
petcock and cooling water drain valve to drain the
③
cooling water from the air compressor. Be careful
not to damage the parts, such as coolers and casing,
by cooling water freezing.

33
3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [Daily Operation of Oil Mist Remover]

3.6 Daily Operation of Oil Mist Remover

3.6.1 When Setting 3.6.2 When Stopped
Make sure that the vacuum indicator shows a red mark.
φ8 (see the left drawing)

Make sure that the pressure

gauge reads as follows:
Pressure Gauge
51 to 58 psi

Make sure that the

condensate is not
Make sure that the collected in the
vacuum indicator does not filter bowl.
show a red mark. If the condensate is
collected, push up
the cock to drain
the condensate.

Condensate Drain Cock

34
 3. OPERATING PROCEDURE [Adjusting Procedure]

3.7 Adjusting Procedure

3.7.1 Adjusting the Suction Bypass ① When dust particles accumulate on the valve plate of
the suction throttle valve, the suction vacuum
Valve (For Fixed-Speed type)
pressure may drop and eventually causing the
discharge air temperature to rise.
② The first steps to resolve the lower suction vacuum
①④ pressure are as following. If the unloaded interstage
Suction pressure drops as low as -12 psi (-0.08 MPa) or
throttle
valve discharge air temperature is gradually increased.
A) Clean or replace the air intake filter.
B) Clean the suction throttle valve’s valve plate.
③ If the air compressor cannot be shutdown to clean
these par ts, turn the adjusting bolt (the suction
②④
Air intake filter bypass valve) counterclockwise to open. This will
allow the air intake and increase the discharge air
③ pressure to be greater than -12 psi (-0.08 MPa) when
Adjusting Bolt
running unloaded.
(Suction Bypass Valve)
Usually keep the bolt
④ Replace the consumable parts in the air intake filter
Locknut tightened, but not
excessively. and suction throttle valve with new consumable
Seal washer
par ts in accor dance with the appr opriate
maintenance schedule. ( Section 9)

IMPORTANT

The interstage pressure of as low as -12 psi (-0.08 MPa)

during unloading period may increase the discharge air
temperature.

3.7.2 Regulating the Oil Pressure

① Use the oil relief valve to regulate the oil pressure.
To regulate the oil pressure, open the oil relief valve
cap, loosen the lock nut, and turn the regulating bolt
to keep the oil pressure at the specified 18 psi to 23
psi (0.12 to 0.16 MPa).
・18 psi to 23 psi (0.12 to 0.16 MPa) when the ambient
temperature is 68 degree F (20 degree C) or higher.
・20 psi to 26 psi (0.14 to 0.18 MPa) when the
ambient temperature is 68 degree F (20 degree C)
or lower.(for V type, adjust at the maximum
operating frequency.)
② Turn the regulating bolt clockwise to increase the
oil pressure and vice versa.

③ Tighten the locknut and replace the cap.

Oil Relief Valve
IMPORTANT

If the oil pressure is reduced to the specified or lower, the

oil pressure sensor detects it and shutdown the air
compressor. 4. TROUBLESHOOTING to the
specified value for each type of air compressor

35
4. TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTION
If a shutdown, alarm, problem or failure occurs, investigate the cause and take proper corrective action
before restarting. If there is any questions or comments, contact the local HITACHI distributor/master
dealer or representative office.

4.1 Protective Device

The air compressor is provided with the protective devices listed below. If shutdowns are detected by these protective
devices, remove the cause with referring to the LCD monitor indication and this manual, and then press the RESET
button to clear the shutdown indication. Depending on the type of shutdown, contact the local HITACHI distributor/
master dealer or representative office.
■ When connecting the power
LCD Indication Failure How to History Error
What and How to Detect Detector Shutdown What Actions to Take
Heading Trouble Description Light Reset code code
Reconnect the power cable tightly, check the
power supply and incoming power for loose
Reversal phase connection CPU
Detected for 3 Yes connections and change the connection 01 E0.01
(Note 2) SHUTDOWN (Note 1) location of 2 of the 3 phases, be sure to follow Press RESET
seconds after
Blinks all electrical safety procedures. 4.2. button.
connecting the power
POWER CPU Reconnect the power cord tightly, check the
Phase-lacking connection Yes 02 E0.02
(Note 1) power supply, and take a corrective remedy.
Instantaneous power interruption Power interruption for 1 to 5 sec. CPU Restart 3.4.5 03 E0.03
Brief instantaneous power Power interruption for - -
CPU Restart 3.4.5 04 E0.04
interruption 1 sec or less.

■ During Operation ※ The value in the [ ] is for water-cooled model

LCD Indication Failure How to History Error
What and How to Detect Detector Shutdown What Actions to Take
Heading Trouble Description Light Reset code code
1st stage discharge air temperature About 437 [419]℉ SHUTDOWN Press RESET
Thermistor Yes 4.2 55 E0.55
(HIGH DIS. TEMP. 1) 225 [215]℃ or higher Blinks button.
The discharge temperature at 1st
stage rises above the below settings.
1st stage discharge air temperature 100 psi model about 446°F SHUTDOWN Press RESET
0.69 MPa model [about 419°F] Thermistor Yes 4.2 55 E0.55
Blinks button.
125 psi model about 230℃
0.86 MPa model [about 215℃]
● For working pressure of
2nd stage discharge air 100psi 0.69 MPa : About 446[428]℉
230 [220]℃ or higher SHUTDOWN Press RESET
temperature ● For working pressure of
Thermistor Yes 4.2 56 E0.56
Blinks button.
(HIGH DIS. TEMP. 2) 125psi 0.86 MPa : About 500[482]℉
260 [250]℃ or higher
Interstage pressure SHUTDOWN Pressure Press RESET
39psi 0.27MPa or higher Yes 4.2 52 E0.52
[Fixed speed type] Blinks sensor button.
SHUTDOWN Pressure Press RESET
Interstage pressure 44psi 0.30MPa or higher Yes 4.2 52 E0.52
Blinks sensor button.
2nd stage suction air temperature 163 [158]℉ SHUTDOWN Press RESET
Thermistor Yes 4.2 5B E0.5B
(2ND SUCT. TEMP) 73 [70]℃ or higher Blinks button.
Oil temperature 163 [158]°F SHUTDOWN Press RESET
SHUTDOWN Thermistor Yes 4.2 58 E0.58
(OIL HIGH TEMP) 73 [70]℃ or higher Blinks button.
Oil pressure SHUTDOWN Pressure Press RESET
12 psi 0.08 MPa or lower Yes 4.2 5C E0.5C
[Fixed speed type] Blinks sensor button.
● For fixed Speed type:
12 psi 0.08 MPa or lower
Oil pressure ● For Vtype:12psi 0.08 MPa or SHUTDOWN Pressure Press RESET
lower (operating Freq. 45 Hz or
Yes 4.2 5C E0.5C
(OIL-LOW PRESS) Blinks sensor button.
higher) 6psi 0.04MPa or lower
(operating Freq. Less than 45 Hz)
239℉ 115℃ or higher Blinks Thermo Press RESET
Answer error of 52 Yes 4.2 51 E0.51
(main motor bearing) in red stat button.
Overloading(main motor) 239℉ 115℃ or higher Blinks Thermo Press RESET
Yes 4.2 17 E0.17
[Fixed speed type] (main motor bearing) in red stat button.
SHUTDOWN Thermal Press RESET
Overloading (main motor) Detected during operation Yes 4.2 17 E0.17
Blinks relay button.
SHUTDOWN Thermal Press RESET
Overloading (auxiliary motor) Detected during operation Yes 4.2 53 E0.53
Blinks relay button.
Detected during SHUTDOWN Press RESET
Answer error of 52 CPU Yes 4.2 51 E0.51
running. Blinks button.
Answer error of 42 Detected after shifting to △ SHUTDOWN Press RESET
CPU Yes 4.2 16 E0.16
[Fixed speed type] running. Blinks button.
FAILURE Inverter tripping or main Failure
SHUTDOWN stop after Press RESET
motor overloading with Failure signal from inverter CPU repetition
4.2 44 E0.44
Blinks button.
INV STOP automatic retrials. of retrials.

36
 4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Protective Device]

■ During Operation
LCD Indication Failure History Error
What and How to Detect Detector Shutdown What Actions to Take How to Reset
Heading Trouble Description Light code code
Pressure
Clogging of air intake filter Pressure differential of -0.72 ALARM Press RESET
differential No 9.4 21 E0.21
(AIR FILTER) psi 4.98 kPa or more Blinks sensor button.
1st stage discharge air About 428 [410]℉ ALARM Automatically
Thermistor No 4.2 25 E0.25
temperature (DIS. TEMP. 1) 220 [210]℃ or higher Blinks reset.
The temperature detected at
1st stage rises above the below
settings.
1st stage discharge air ALARM Automatically
100 psi model Thermistor No 4.2 25 E0.25
temperature (DIS. TEMP. 1) 0.69MPa model about 437℉ Blinks reset.
[about 410℉]
125 psi model about 225℃
0.86MPa model [about 210℃]
● For working pressure of
100psi 0.69MPa model : About
2nd stage discharge air 437 [419]℉ 225 [215]℃ or higher ALARM Automatically
ALARM Thermistor No 4.2 26 E0.26
temperature (DIS. TEMP. 2) ● For working pressure of Blinks reset.
125psi 0.86MPa model : About
491 [473]℉ 255[245]℃ or higher
2nd stage suction air 154 [149]℉ ALARM Automatically
Thermistor No 4.2 2B E0.2B
temperature (2ND-S. TEMP) 68 [65]℃ or higher Blinks reset.
154 [149]℉ ALARM Automatically
Oil temperature (OIL TEMP) Thermistor No 4.2 26 E0.26
68 [65]℃ or higher Blinks reset.
[Fixed Speed type] ALARM Pressure Automatically
15 psi 0.10MPa or lower No 4.2 2C E0.2C
Oil pressure (LOW O.P.) Blinks sensor reset.
Hold down the
REMOTE and
Replace suction throttle valve
Load/unload cycle time ALARM press the
1,000,000 cycles CPU No consumable parts and Blow 59 E0.59
over (L COUNT OVER) Blinks SELECT/WIDE
off solenoid valves button for 7
seconds or more.

■ Others
LCD Indication Failure How to History Error
What and How to Detect Detector Shutdown What Actions to Take
Heading Trouble Description Light Reset code code
ALARM Disconnect the power and replace the Press RESET
Battery out (BATTERY OUT) Battery voltage low CPU No 64 E0.64
Blinks battery with a new one. 9.4 (12). button.
Scheduling operation error Start/stop time not set ALARM Press RESET
CPU No See 3.3.5 (4) 62 E0.62
(SCHEDULE SET ERR) yet Blinks button.
Lead/lag operation error ALARM Check the wire and the operation setting Press RESET
PROBLEM (MULTI-U SET ERR) Setting error CPU No 5B E0.5B
Blinks on the instrument panel. button.
RS-485 port error SHUTDOWN Press RESET 63 65 E0.63 65
Setting error Thermistor Yes Check the wire and the operation setting.
(COM.ERR STOP) NOTE 3 Blinks button. ∼ 68 ∼ 68
RS-485 port error ALARM Pressure Check the wire and the operation Press RESET 63 65 E0.63 65
Setting error Yes
(COM.ERR ALM) NOTE 3 Blinks sensor setting. button. ∼ 68 ∼ 68
(ROM1) (RAM1) main SHUTDOWN Disconnect the power and then reconnect the Press RESET 43 E0.43
CPU Yes
PCB error board memory error Blinks power. If problem is persists, change the PCB. button. 47, 48 47, 48
(PCB ERR) (ROM2) (RAM2) LCD SHUTDOWN Disconnect the power and then reconnect the Press RESET 41, 42 E0.41,
CPU Yes
board memory error Blinks power. If problem is persists, change the PCB. button. 46 42 46
Interstage pressure sensor error SHUTDOWN Press RESET
PS1 disconnected CPU Yes 33 E0.33
(PRESS. SNSR ERR 1) Blinks button.
Discharge pressure sensor error SHUTDOWN Press RESET
PS2 disconnected CPU Yes 34 E0.34
(PRESS. SNSR ERR 2) Blinks button.
Disconnect the power and check the
Oil pressure sensor error SHUTDOWN pressure sensor wire for tightness. Press RESET
PS4 disconnected CPU Yes 39 E0.39
(PRESS. SNSR ERR 4) Blinks button.
FAILURE
2nd stage inlet
SHUTDOWN Press RESET
temperature sensor error TH2 disconnected CPU Yes 32 E0.32
Blinks button.
(TEMP. SNSR ERR 2)
1st stage outlet
SHUTDOWN Press RESET
temperature sensor error TH3 disconnected CPU Yes 35 E0.35
Blinks button.
(TEMP. SNSR ERR 3)
2nd stage outlet Disconnect the power and check the
SHUTDOWN Press RESET
temperature sensor error TH4 disconnected CPU Yes thermistor sensor wire for tightness. 36 E0.36
Blinks button.
(TEMP. SNSR ERR 4)
Oil temperature sensor error SHUTDOWN Press RESET
TH5 disconnected CPU Yes 37 E0.37
(TEMP. SNSR ERR 5) Blinks button.
NOTES:
(1) Depends on the specification, reverse phase relay is used.
(2) The air compressor using reverse phase relay, such as for 460 V/60 Hz, indicates a phase-lacking connection as reversal phase.
(3) Communication error details:
Port 1(65) =Main circuit communication (Vtype), Port 2 (66)=Fan inverter communication (Air-cooled model)
Port 3 (67)= LCD communication, Port 4 (68)= Multiple unit control communication, Port 5 (63)= External communication

37
4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Troubleshooting of Air Compressor]

4.2 Troubleshooting of Air Compressor

■ Most common problems, causes and corrective actions are described below.

Phenomenon LCD indication example Cause Corrective remedies

NOT start 1. Power supply switch - OFF. 1. Check the power supply switch.
＜P R O B L E M＞
2. Power – Failed, or power source 2. Check the power supply.
CONNECTION ERR： REV
voltage - Low. 3. Change 2 of 3 wires of the power
3. Power cable - In a reversal phase cord.
Press RES after CHK.
connection. 4. Reconnect the power cord tightly and
4. Power cable - In a phase-lacking check the power supply.
＜P R O B L E M＞ connection. NOTE: Phase-lacking is detectable only
(Note) See Note (2) in previous when connecting the power.
CONNECTION ERR： OPEN page.
Press RES after CHK.

Shutdown - 1. 2nd-stage AIR END air intake 1. Clean or change the air intake filter
＜S H U T D O W N＞
1st stage efficiency - Lowered 2. Lower the suction air temperature
discharge air HIGH DIS. TEMP. 1：
2. Air intake filter - Dirty
temperature or 3. Temperature of Suction Air-High
Press RES after CHK.
interstage pressure

＜S H U T D O W N＞

INTSTG. P：

Press RES after CHK.

Shutdown – 1. Check valve – Compressed air 1. Replace the check valve.

＜S H U T D O W N＞
2nd stage leaked (from the aftercooler to 2. Clean the Suction throttle valve.
discharge air DIS. TEMP.2：
the air end when unloading) [Fixed speed type]
temperature 2. Suction throttle valve - Dirty Note: For information about the Suction
Press RES after CHK.
[Fixed speed type] bypass valve, 3.7)
Shutdown – 1. Cooling water pump – failed, or 1. Check the cooling water system
＜S H U T D O W N＞
2nd stage suction cooling water temp. – Fluctuating (Water-cooled model).
air temperature HIGH DIS. TEMP. 2：
(Water-cooled model) 2. Clean the intercooler
2. Intercooler – Dirty
Press RES after CHK.

Shutdown – 1. Oil cooler – Dirty 1. Check the oil cooler.

＜S H U T D O W N＞
Oil temperature 2. Room temperature – High 2. Lower the room temperature.
OIL ： HIGH TEMP
3. Oil temperature control valve – 3. Check the oil temperature control
Failed valve.
Press RES after CHK.

Shutdown – 1. Oil strainer and/or oil filter – Dirty 1. Clean the oil strainer
＜S H U T D O W N＞
Oil pressure 2. Oil level – Low 2. Replace the oil filter.
OIL ： OIL LOW PRESS
3. Add the oil.
Press RES after CHK.

Shutdown – 1. Power supply voltage – Low 1. Rectify the power supply voltage.
＜S H U T D O W N＞
Motors overload 2. Discharge air pressure – Too high 2. Check the suction throttle valve
OVERLOAD ： MAIN
3. Power supply - Imbalance [Fixed speed type]
4. Motor Insulation - Failure 3. Check the capacity control system.
Press RES after CHK.
4. Check the insulation resistance.
1. Power supply voltage – Low 1. Rectify the power supply voltage.
＜S H U T D O W N＞
2. Cooling fan motor – Failed 2. Check the cooling fan motor.
OVERLOAD ： SUB
3. Power supply - Imbalance (Measure insulation resistance etc.)
4. Motor Insulation - Failure
Press RES after CHK.

[Water-cooled type] [Vtype]

＜S H U T D O W N＞

CONTACTOR ERR ： 52
Press RES after CHK.

1. Power supply voltage – Low or in 1. Rectify the power supply voltage.

unbalance 2. Check the capacity control system.
Shutdown – ＜F A I L U R E＞ 2. Discharge air pressure – Too high 3. Measure insulation resistance etc. or
Inverter 3. Main motor – Overloading check the main motor.
SYSTEM RETRY ：
NOTE: 4th retry action in ten minutes
becomes shutdown failure.

38
 4. TROUBLESHOOTING [Troubleshooting of Oil Mist Remover]

4.3 Troubleshooting of Oil Mist Remover

Problems and actions to be taken are as follows.

① The vacuum indicator shows a red mark

YES
The pressure gauges reads zero (0) MPa. The control air is not supplied.
NO
YES Reset the regulator to a proper pressure.
Pressure setting of the regulator is lower ?
Clean the filter.
NO
Pressure of a control air is lower than the regulator YES Maintain the pressure of a control air at the regulator
setting value ? setting value.
NO
The gear case or gear case vent pipe has a leak YES - Tighten every screw and plug to remove all leaks.
(for example, the oil filling port plug on the gear case is not tight). - Make sure that the OMR relief valve is closed.
NO
The solenoid valve may have problem or the remover
element may be dirty.
If the solenoid valve has no problem replace the element.

② The OMR relief valve opens immediately when starting the air compressor (the control air pressure is still
low) or when the DSP has stopped. This is a normal occurrence.
YES
The OMR relief valve is dirty or stuck open by a foreign Disassemble and clean the OMR relief valve.
object. Replace if necessary.
NO
Go to the procedure ①. The vacuum indicator shows a
red mark. (Gear case has a positive internal pressure.)
NOTE:
The OMR relief valve opens immediately when starting the DSP (the control air pressure is still low) or when the DSP has
stopped. This is a normal occurrence.

③ Oil is vented through the ejector’s compressed air outlet (the separated oil is not being recovered).
YES
Accumulated oil is visible in the tube between the
Clean the nozzle of the float trap.
element housing and the float trap.
No
Upper or lower packing is not seated properly on the YES Reinstall the element, seating the packing properly for a
element ? maximum sealing performance.
No
YES
Control air contains oil ? Check the control air for oil contents.
No
Element may be dirty.
Inspect the element and replace if necessary.

④ Oil pressure is low (oil pump may be inhaling air).

Problem of compressor (dirty oil filter, low oil pressure due YES Perform necessary adjustment or replacement.
to oil leakage, failure of oil pump or OMR relief valve, etc.)

NO
Foreign matter in float trap nozzle (Check for a large
YES Disassemble and clean the float trap nozzle and the
amount of air sucked from the oil collecting pipe to oil
float trap.
pump suction side.)
NOTE:
The oil mist remover makes the gear case internal pressure negative during operation, reducing the pressure by 0.7 to 1.5 psi
(0.005 to 0.01 MPa). This is not unusual; reset the oil pressure on the air OMR relief valve.

39
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING THE DSP
5.1 Unpacking the Air Compressor
■ After unpacking the crate, verify that the air compressor is what you have ordered, by referring to Section 15.
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS” and also by checking the model nameplate.
■ Verify that product is not damaged or deformed during transportation.

Model Nameplate Main Standard Accessories

Foundation bracket, Foundation bolt/nut (M20) 4 pieces

Output（kW）
Bolt (M20) for Foundation bracket 4 pieces
Fork slot cover 4 pieces
Model Bolt (M6) for Fork slot cover 8 pieces
Motorized isolation valve 1 piece
Motorized water isolation valve (※) 1 piece
Frequency（Hz）
Handle 1 piece

※ Provided only with Water-Cooled .

5.2 Conveying the Air Compressor

■ With a Forklift ■ With a Shop Crane

Pad
Use a pad to protect Use the strong wires.
the enclosure. Adjust the wire length to
keep the balance when
hoisting it.
Keep the distance of
59 inch (1500 mm)
or more.
Use the attached
tie frame.

Use a pad to
protect the
enclosure panel.

Use the adhesive tapes

to prevent the front door
from detached during
conveyance.
Model Total Mass
5,250 lbs
DSP-90A6N
(2,380kg)
5,600 lbs
DSP-110A6N Lift the unit balanced.
(2,540kg)
5,030 lbs
DSP-90W6N
(2,280kg) Use the adhesive tapes
5,380 lbs to prevent the front door
DSP-110W6N from detached during
(2,440kg) conveyance.

Model Total Mass ■ After installing the air compressor, plug the fork slots
5,470 lbs with the fork slot covers.
DSP-90VA6N
(2,480kg)
5,580 lbs
DSP-110VA6N Common Base
(2,530kg)
5,250 lbs
DSP-90VW6N
(2,380kg)
5,360 lbs Fork Slot Cover
DSP-110VW6N
(2,430kg) Bolt (M6×15)

40
 5. INSTALLING AND PIPING [Installing the Air Compressor]

5.3 Installing the Air Compressor

(Selection of a proper installation location is essential to a long service life for the Air Compressor.)

WARNING
1. Keep flammable solvents or any other hazardous chemicals away from the air compressor. Such
chemicals may be ingested into the air compressor and could cause an explosion during the
compression process.
2. Do not use fire near the air compressor; otherwise the sparks may enter the airend and burn it internally.

■ Install the air compressor in a bright, wide, and airy room as follows:

Maintenance Space C ※ Keep spaces of indicated in the

Ventilating fan
If you install the air
table below, or more for daily
compressor in a small room, operation and periodical
provide a ventilating fan to maintenance and for keeping the
keep the room temperature Foundation
at 104℉ (45℃) or lower. Provide a vibration-absorbing enough cooling air for coolers.
mat if the foundation is
vibrative. If it is too vibrative, Maintenance Space inches (mm)
look for another dequate
Maintenance Space Item Air-cooled model Water-cooled model
Maintenance Space B
A Front 39 (1000) 47 (1200)
B Right 47 (1200) 31 (800)
C Rear 39 (1000) 39 (1000))
Plug the fork slots with Maintenance Space A
the fork slot covers D Left 39 (1000) 39 (1000)
(standard accessory)

■ Install the air compressor in a dry and dust-free room, and avoid the following.
Raindrops, Basements, Steam Metals, Sand, Other Hard Materials Harmful Gases
Toxic gases such as chlorine gas, hydrogen

（ ）
sulfide gas, sulfurous acid gas, high consistency
ozone, ammonia gas

Causes electric leak, generation of Causes motor insulation failure, bearing Causes deterioration of oil, wear of cooler,
drain/rust, microcomputer malfunction. damage, microcomputer malfunction. detachment of coating from rotor surface.

■ Install the air compressor on a level floor. ■ Do not install the air compressor near a wall.
To ensure an appropriate amount of oil
Prohibited Do not set the air Doing this may cause the operating noise
To prevent noise and vibration compressor on blocks. to resonate and increase the noise levels.

CAUTION
● Install the air compressor indoors. Installing it outdoors may lead to damage of the airend due to
water vapor, dust, etc.
● The air compressor installation room should have an air intake opening, an air exhaust opening and
have good ventilation. If the room is poorly ventilated, hot air exhausted by the air compressor may
cause the room temperature to rise excessively and lead to damage of the air compressor.

41
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING [Piping the Air Compressor]

5.4 Piping the Air Compressor

5.4.1 General Instructions
① Use the degreased pipe as a plant airline pipe. ⑦ If the air compressors discharge pipe is connected to
the main compressed air piping, run the discharge
② Install an isolation stop valve on the compressed air
up above the main compressed air piping and then
outlet pipe (see figure below). Close the isolation
down into the top of the main compressed air piping
stop valve when stopping the air compressor.
(see figure below). This prevents the backflow of
Stop Valve condensate.

Discharge Air

Main compressed air pipe

From air compressor

③ Using flange joint to connect the air compressor to an

5.4.2 Parallel piping
existing compressed air piping installation allows for
minimal disassembly of the enclosure panels (see Stop Valve Motorized isolation valve
Opened
figure above).

④ If the plant compressed air piping installation is

Discharge
extensive in length, using a larger diameter pipe Air
assists in lowering pressure drop throughout the
piping system.

⑤ If there is an area in the compressed air piping that Operating DSP

is concaved or vertical (see figure below), provide a Air Receiver Tank
condensate drain valve at its bottom as a drip leg.

Stop Valve Stop Valve

Motorized isolation valve
Closed

Non-Operating DSP

Condensate Drain Valve

If one air compressor is operated, close the stop valve
of the stopped air compressor. For automatic operation,
IMPORTANT such as lead/lag and multi unit controlled, replace the
Prevent the backflow of condensate from the plant stop valve to an optional motorized isolation valve.
compressed air system back to the air compressor. Ensure that the motorized isolation valve is closed
while the compressor is not running. If you use a
⑥ If the compressed air piping near the air compressor is solenoid valve as the automatic stop valve, consult your
to be elevated, keep a space of 20inches (500mm) Hitachi distributor or local Service Station given on the
between the elevated piping and the enclosure for ease rear cover.
of maintenance (see figure below) Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer
or representative office for more detail.
20inches or more
(500mm)
IMPORTANT

As shown in the figure above, when one compressor is

operating and the other is stopped with opening the stop
valve, back pressure is applied to the aftercooler and
check valve of the stopped air compressor. This may
cause more condensate going into the air compressor
and more rusting of aftercooler and check valve.

42
 5. INSTALLING AND PIPING [Piping the Air Compressor]

5.4.3 How to Install Automatic 5.4.4 Air Receiver Tank

Discharge Valve
Pressure detecting piping
Discharge
Air Stop Valve
Motorized isolation
Discharge
Air Stop Valve

Motorized
isolation valve
Air Receiver Tank
Pressure
detecting Flange
Air Receiver Tank piping
Flange

CAUTION
Failure to install an adequately sized air
The air compressor is equipped with AUTO restart/
receiver tank may cause the air compressor to
stop function as a standard function. The pressure for
frequently load/unload. This may shorten the
capacity control is detected at the secondary side of the
mechanical life of the air compressor.
motorized isolation valve. Install the motorized
isolation valve and pressure detecting piping (standard ① Install the air receiver tank because this air
accessor y). Connect the pressure detecting piping compressor is equipped with 2-step capacity control
from upper side of main piping to pressure detecting system. To prevent the pressure fluctuation and to
port of the air compressor as above. maximize the energy saving feature, the minimum size
Install the pressure detecting piping as close as of the air receiver tank is indicated in the table blow.
motorized isolation valve. The operation with NOT Model
Dis.Pressure Minimum Capacity of
psi [MPa] Air Receiver Tank US gallon [m3]
installed pressure detecting piping results in the air
DSP-90A6N
relief valve action. DSP-90W6N
DSP-90VA6N
DSP-90VW6N 100/125 620
IMPORTANT DSP-110A6N [0.69/0.86] [2.26]
DSP-110W6N
The motorized isolation valve is closed when the air DSP-110VA6N
compressor is stop. The operation WITHOUT the DSP-110VW6N
motorized isolation valve results in the backflow of ② Install the air receiver tank of 620 USgal (2.26m3) of more
condensate from the plant compressed air system. Then
it results in the early damage of check valve, aftercooler for the AUTO operation, multi-unit control or lead/lag
and etc by rusting operation in order to achieve the better energy saving effect.
③ Install the air receiver tank of 620 USgal (2.26m3) of
more for using ECOMODE in order to achieve the
better energy saving effect on all load ratio.
5.4.5 Reciprocating Compressor and
Parallel Piping IMPORTANT
Stop Valve Check Valve ・This is to prevent the reciprocating compressor's air
pulsation from affecting this air compressor.
Discharge Air
・Typical operation is to run this air compressor as long
as possible as the primary and start, and stop the
reciprocating air compressor in parallel as a floating
trim air compressor, as required by the compressed air
demand.

CAUTION
Stop Valve Do not install a check valve between this air
compressor and the air receiver tank. This
could result in short cycling (frequent loading
Piping to air receiver and unloading) and operating problems to the
tank outlet
capacity control system.

43
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING [Piping the Air Compressor]

5.4.6 Drain Pipe 5.4.8 OMR Control Air Piping

Pressure gauge

A
To drain
pit

Filter regulator

Drain Pipe

The Oil Mist Remover needs the pressure of a control

air at the regulator setting value or more. To properly
① Leave the end of any condensate drain line open.
install the control air line, connect the control air pipe
② Do not merge the air compressor’s condensate drain to the connection marked “A” on the filter/regulator of
lines (for the aftercooler, intercooler, control line the Oil Mist Remover. This piping and compressed air
filter) into one common piping. Do not merge any shall be supplied by customer.
condensate drain line into an external condensate
drain line (for example, do not merge an air IMPORTANT
compressor condensate drain line with a condensate
The control air must be as dry as possible. Run the
drain line on an air receiver tank). This could control air pipe from the downstream side of the air dryer.
generate a pressure differential, which could result If an air dryer is not used, run the control air pipe from the
in no draining or inconsistent draining out of the air upper section of an air receiver. Installing downstream of
the air dryer or air receiver allows for less moisture
compressor. Capability to obser ve the draining of
accumulation in the filter bowl of the oil mist remover.
the air compressor is also impaired.

CAUTION
Un-drained condensate can backflow to the
air compressor and cause a failure.

5.4.7 Cooling water piping

① The pipings for water inlet and outlet for coolers are
Water-Cooled required.
② Mount the water drain valves of the cooling water
outlet and inlet downward facing downward as
shown in the figure. The water drain valves may
also be mounted facing sideways.
③ Using flange joint to connect the air compressor to
the water pipings, allows for minimal disassembly of
Water the enclosure panels.
Water Inlet
outlet

Cooling drain discharge valve

44
 5. INSTALLING AND PIPING [Ventilation of Air Compressor Room]

5.5 Ventilation of Air Compressor Room

5.5.1 Air-Cooled model Air-Cooled ① Air intake opening
Provide the air compressor room with an enough air
CAUTION intake opening that:
- is positioned as low as possible on the wall.
Provide a ventilating system to the air
- is located in an environment free of external dust
compressor room in the event that the room
and harmful material.
temperature exceeds the allowable ambient
operating temperature of 104°F (40°C). ② Ventilation without Duct (Fig. A)
Operating the air compressor at an ambient For ventilation without an exhaust duct, install a
operating temperature above 104°F (40°C) may ventilating fan with the specified capacity shown in
cause a serious problem. the Recommended Ventilation Fan ① or more
row in the left table. The specified capacity is based
on the allowable room temperature rise of 9°F (5℃).
IMPORTANT Position of the ventilating fan is as high as possible
● Stop the ventilating fan when the air compressor has on the wall.
stopped.
③ Ventilation with Duct and without Ventilating
● The ventilating fan should be running while the air
compressor is operating. If the ventilating fan is not Fan (Fig. B)
running, the loss of air flow may reduce the performance ● For ventilation with an exhaust duct, calculate the
of the cooler. duct’s pressure loss based on information shown in
● The duct should be detachable for ease of maintenance
the Air Exhaust (Air Compressor) row in the table.
on the air compressor.
If the calculated pressure loss is less than 0.08
inchAq (20 Pa), a ventilating fan is not required on
the duct. Install the duct with its detachable end
Technical Data for Room Ventilation
directly in contact with the grilled air exhaust on top
Model DSP- DSP- DSP- DSP-
of the air compressor.
Item/Unit 90A6N 110A6N 90VA6N 100VA6N
KBTU 408 472 417 484 ● If the calculated duct’s pressure loss is 0.08 inchAq
Heat Generation (20 Pa) or larger, a ventilating fan is required on the
(MJ/h) (430) (498) (440) (510)
cfm 8,830 9,535 duct. Install the duct, keeping a gap “h” of 8 to 12
Air Exhaust
(m3/min) (250) (270) inches (200 to 300 mm) between the duct and the
Approximate Temperature °F 47 50 45 50
grilled air exhaust on top of the air compressor. On
Rise (exhausted air) (℃) (26) (28) (25) (28)
inchAq 0.08 the other end of the duct, install a ventilating fan with
Allowable Pressure Loss
(exhaust duct) (Pa) (20) the specified capacity shown in the Recommended
Recommended cfm 40,260 46,620 41,320 47,680 Ventilation Fan ② or more in the left table. (Fig. C)
Ventilating Fan ① (m3/min) (1,140) (1,320) (1,170) (1,350) ● Pay attention to the duct opening location. Noise
Recommended cfm 9,890 10,600
Ventilating Fan ②
may be transmitted to outside through the duct.
(m3/min) (280) (300)
Provide the noise absorbing material inside the duct
if required.

Exhaust air Exhaust Exhaust air Exhaust Exhaust air

Duct Duct
air exhaust
(air compressor)
Ventilating fan
h

Ventilating fan See “Recommended Ventilating fan

See “Recommended fan capacity ③” in the See “Recommended
fan capacity ①” in table. fan capacity ②” in
Air intake the table. Air intake Air intake the table.
opening
Shall be opening
opening removable.
Fig. A Fig. B Fig. C

45
5. INSTALLING AND PIPING [Ventilation of Air Compressor Room]

CAUTION
When installing exhaust ducts, install a single
duct for each compressor. Alternatively, when
installing a collecting duct for multiple Ventilating
fan Exhaust air
compressors, install it as shown in Fig. C. See “Recommended
fan capacity” in the
Also, be sure to install a ventilating fan with a table.
capacity of the value of "exhaust air from the
compressor x quantity" or more on the other Exhaust air
Air inlet
end of the duct.
Fresh
air

5.5.2 Water-Cooled Type Water-Cooled

① For the small air compressor room installation, Fig. A

install a ventilating fan and an air intake opening.

The position of the ventilating fan is as high as
possible and the position of the air intake opening is
as low as possible on the wall. Exhaust air
Air inlet
Select a ventilating fan with required capacity Exhaust air
specified in the table or higher (Fig. A). Also ensure Fresh
air
that the flow rate at the air intake opening is 2 m/s
or lower.
Fig. B
Technical Data for Room Ventilation
Model DSP-90W6N DSP-110W6N
Item/Unit DSP-90VW6N DSP-110VW6N
Heat KBTU 46 53
Generation (MJ/h) (49) (56)
Recommended cfm 4,590 5,300
fan capacity ① (m3/min) (130) (150)
The specified capacity is based on the allowable room
temperature rise of 9°F (5℃) and static pressure is zero 0 psi
(0 MPa).

② For the factory installation with enough ventilation

capacity, select a well ventilated area (Fig. B).

46
6. STARTUP OPERATION
The instructions in this chapter should be followed when starting up the air compressor for the first time or after a
long term suspension.

6.1 Startup Operation of the Air Compressor

CAUTION
● Before connecting the power, verify that the air compressor is correctly installed, piped and wired.
● Check the power supply; verify that it is firmly grounded and that the voltage is within an allowable
range (-5% to +10%).
● Remove transport fixtures (3 locations in yellow). If you run the air compressor leaving the transport
fixtures attached, it may break the pipes due to excessive vibration.
● When transporting the unit, tighten All 4 transport fixture
● Ensure that the main motor is properly greased during the start up commissioning. If the air
compressor has not been operated for (3) months, grease before restarting. ( 9.4 14 )

6.1.1 Before Operation

① Fill the oil in the oil filling port until the oil reaches
the upper red line on the oil level gauge.
Use the recommended oil indicated in 2.3.

④ Water-Cooled

② Close the petcock and cooling water drain valve and

ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＣＯＮＴＲＯＬ ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＭＯＤＥ
open the manual stop valve for cooling water.
ＲＥＭＯＴＥ
ＰＯＷＥＲ

③ Verify that the pressure and flow rate of the cooling

ＡＬＡＲＭ

ＬＯＡＤ

ＲＥＳＥＴ ＡＵＴＯ ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＦＵＮＣ
ＳＨＵＴＤＯＷＮ

ＲＥＭＯＴＥ ＳＥＬＥＣＴ／ＷＩＤＥ ＳＴＡＲＴ ＳＴＯＰ water.

ＳＴＲ １ ２

④ Connect the power, and verify that the POWER light

UNLOAD STOP is ON. ( 3.2)
①
⑤ In case of Reverse phase indication on LCD monitor,
refer to 4.2 and take proper action.

IMPORTANT WARNING
If the compressor (Air-cooled model) restart just after
stopped, the air compressor shutdowns by fan motor over- Hitachi does NOT fill the air compressor with oil.
load with indication of OVERLOAD SUB in LCD monitor Before startup operation, fill the air compressor
and E0.53 in digital monitor. Reset and restart the air com- with the oil. If oil is not added and the air
pressor after 30 seconds or more.
compressor is operated, it may burn or fail.

Water-Cooled

[Front view] [Rear view]

Transport fixtures Transport fixtures

47
6. STARTUP OPERATION [Startup Operation of the Air Compressor]

6.1.2 Starting
② Verify that the air compressor has proper rotation.
ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＣＯＮＴＲＯＬ ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＭＯＤＥ
If rotation is not correct (phase reversal), change 2 of
③④ ＡＬＡＲＭ
ＲＥＭＯＴＥ

ＬＯＡＤ
ＰＯＷＥＲ
the 3 wires of the power cable.
ＲＥＳＥＴ ＡＵＴＯ ＳＴＡＲＴ
ＦＵＮＣ
ＳＨＵＴＤＯＷＮ

DIS. PRESS： １００ｐｓｉ ＲＥＭＯＴＥ ＳＥＬＥＣＴ／ＷＩＤＥ ＳＴＡＲＴ ＳＴＯＰ

③ Verify that the oil pressure rises 18 psi (0.12 MPa) or
greater within ten (10) seconds after starting the air
ＳＴＲ １ ２
INTSTG. P： ２２ｐｓｉ
OIL PRESS： ２２ｐｓｉ
CLT PRESS： ＊＊ｐｓｉ
compressor. If pressure has failed to rise, press the
UNLOAD STOP
STOP button and clean the oil strainer. And/or
② regulate the oil pressure by oil relief valve. ( 3.7)
④ In the case of the fixed speed type, switch to full load
operation within 20 seconds, and for the V type,
① switch in approx. 10 seconds.
⑤ Raise the pressure step by step as illustrated below.

100 Pressure Raising Pattern

[Rear View] for the rated
90
Discharge pressure (psi)

discharge pressure
100 psi (0.69 MPa)
75
Method of Raising Pattern:
60 During startup operation, raise the discharge pressure by
following these steps. 1.) After starting the air compressor,
45 operate at 29psi (0.20MPa) for 30 minutes with the discharge
① Fully open the discharge stop valve, and press the 30
stop valve completely open. 2.) Raise the pressure 14 psi
(0.1MPa) (close the discharge stop valve) every 15 minutes
until the pressure reaches the rated pressure. During the
START button. 15 startup operation, perform this method without any failures.

0
0.5hr 1hr 1.5hrs 2hrs

Time

6.1.3 During Operating ② Check the LCD for operating pressures and
temperatures. Verify that: Discharge air pressure
RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE
(DIS. PRESS), interstage air pressure (INTSTG. P),
oil pressure (OIL PRES), 1st stage discharge air
AUTO

MONITOR REMOTE
POWER
ALARM

MENU

＋／−
FUNC RESET
［× 10h］ LOAD

SHUTDOWN
AUTO START
temperature (DIS. TEMP 1), 2nd stage discharge air
UP/

temperature (DIS. TEMP 2), 2nd stage suction

DOWN

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

STR 1 2

temperature (2ND SUC. T.) and oil temperature (OIL

SET

MONITOR

TEMP) are within the normal range, as shown in the

Proper Pressure/ Temperature Indications on LCD
UNLOAD STOP

table below.
㻞 㻜 㻝 㻞 䠋 㻜 㻥 䠋 㻜 㻝 㻝 㻥 䠖 㻜 㻞
㻼
㻵
㻾
㻺
㻱
㼀
㻿
㻿
㻿
㼀
㼁
㻳
㻾
䠊
㻱
㻼 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻞 㻜 㼜 㼟 㼕
③ Verify that the condensate is discharged intermediately
㻻 㻵 㻸 㻌 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻌 㻌 㻝 㻜 㼜 㼟 㼕 from the intercooler/aftercooler drain port.
㻯 㻸 㼀 䠊 㻼 㻾 㻱 㻿 䠖 㻖 䠊 㻖 㻖 㼜 㼟 㼕
㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻱 㻾 㻭 㼀 㼁 㻾 㻱
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻝 䠖 㻝 㻢 㻜 䉣
㻰 㻵 㻿 䠊 㼀 㻱 㻹 㻼 㻞 䠖 㻝 㻣 㻜 䉣
㻻
㻯
㻵
㻸
㻸
㼀 䠊
㻌 㼀
㼀
㻱
㻱
㻹
㻹
㻼
㻼
䠖
䠖
㻡 㻤
㻖 㻖 㻖
䉣
䉣
CAUTION
㻞 㻺 㻰 㻌 㻿 㼁 㻯 㼀 䠊 㼀 䠊 䠖 㻠 㻞 䉣
㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 㻱 㻺 㻭 㻺 㻯 㻱 Ensure that the main motor is properly greased
㻴 㻾 䠊 㼀 㻻 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻜 㻜 㻜 㻜 䡄
㻺 㻱 㼄 㼀 㻌 㻹 㻭 㻵 㻺 㼀 䠖 㻖 㻖 㻖 㻖
during the start up commissioning. If the air
compressor has not been operated for (3)
months, grease before restarting. ( 9.4 14 )

① Grease the main motor bearing at once. Refer to the

9 Maintenance 13 for the detail. WARNING
During inspection of the operation of the air
relief valve, use the appropriate facial protec-
tion. High pressure air containing dust particles
can cause severe injury.

48
 6. STARTUP OPERATION [Startup Operation of the Air Compressor]

Proper Pressure/Temperature Indications on LCD

DSP-90A6N, DSP-90W6N DSP-90VA6N, DSP-90VW6N
LCD Indication Unit
DSP-110A6N, DSP-110W6N DSP-110VA6N, DSP-110VW6N
Operating State Working Pressure − Loading Unloading Loading Purging
100psi (0.69MPa) psi 100 (0.69) or less 85 (0.59) to 100 (0.69) 103 (0.71) or less
Discharge Air Pressure
125psi (0.86MPa) (MPa) 125 (0.86) or less 110 (0.76) to 125 (0.86) 128 (0.88) or less
psi 25 to 38 -11 to 0 25 to 42 3 to 15
Interstage Air Pressure
(MPa) (0.17 to 0.26) (-0.08 to 0) (0.17 to 0.29) (0.02 to 0.10)
＊ 13 to 26 (0.09 to 0.18)
psi ＊ 16 to 26 (Freq. 45Hz or higher)
Oil Pressure
(MPa) (0.11 to 0.18) 7 to 23 (0.05 to 0.16)
(Freq. less than 45Hz)
100psi (0.69MPa) 426/408 (219/209) or Less 435/408 (224/209) or Less
1st-Stage Discharge Air Temperature ℉ (℃)
125psi (0.86MPa) 426/408 (219/209) or Less 435/408 (224/209) or Less
100psi (0.69MPa) 435/417 (224/214) or Less 435/417 (224/214) or Less
2nd-Stage Discharge Air Temperature ℉ (℃)
125psi (0.86MPa) 489/471 (254/244) or Less 489/471 (254/244) or Less
Oil Temperature ℉ (℃) 153/147 (67/64) or Less 153/147 (67/64) or Less
2nd-Stage Suction Air Temperature ℉ (℃) 153/147 (67/64) or Less 153/147 (67/64) or Less
Note) ＊ The oil pressure may exceed 26 psi (0.18 MPa) temporarily when starting. The oil pressure may exceed 26 psi (0.18 MPa) temporarily
when PQ wide mode ON for Vtype. These are normal.

6.1.4 Stopping
① Press the UNLOAD STOP button to stop the air
compressor. Operation stops when the air end and
the air piping have dried for 5 minutes. To stop the
ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＣＯＮＴＲＯＬ ＲＵＮＮＩＮＧ ＭＯＤＥ

② ＲＥＭＯＴＥ
compressor immediately without unloading, press
ＰＯＷＥＲ

the STOP button.

ＡＬＡＲＭ

ＬＯＡＤ

DIS. PRESS： ０ｐｓｉ ＲＥＳＥＴ ＡＵＴＯ ＳＴＡＲＴ

ＦＵＮＣ
ＳＨＵＴＤＯＷＮ

INTSTG. P： ０ｐｓｉ
OIL PRESS： ０ｐｓｉ
ＲＥＭＯＴＥ ＳＥＬＥＣＴ／ＷＩＤＥ ＳＴＡＲＴ ＳＴＯＰ

② Check the LCD for pressures, and verify that:

CLT PRESS： ＊＊ｐｓｉ ＳＴＲ １ ２

Oil pressure, interstage air pressure, 0 psi (0 MPa)

① UNLOAD STOP
or 1 psi (0.01 MPa) depending on your operating
conditions).
③ Check the condensate drain discharge from the
control line filter by checking the sight glass on the
control line filter. (Fixed speed type)
④
④ Close the stop valve.

Water-Cooled
[Rear View]
⑤ Open the water drain valve. Do not fail to drain the
③
cooling water specifically winter season because the
remaining water may be frozen inside and as a result
the casing and/or coolers may be burst.

49
6. STARTUP OPERATION [Initial Setting of OMR Regulator]

6.2 Initial Setting of OMR Regulator

① Set a control air pressure to a maximum level. ④ Make sure that the vacuum indicator does not show
Example: If a control air pressure varies between a red mark.
80 psi (0.55 MPa) and 95 psi (0.65 MPa),
⑤ Make sure that there is no leak of the control air
maintain it at its maximum 95 psi
pipe joints.
(0.65 MPa).
⑥ Press down the regulator knob to lock.
② Pull up the regulator knob, and then the regulator is
unlocked or settable. ⑦ The oil mist remover makes the gear case internal
Turn the regulator knob so that the pressure gauge pressure negative during operation reducing the oil
reads as follows: pressure by 0.7 to 1.5 psi (0.005 to 0.01 MPa). This
is not abnormal.
③ The pressure gauge readings may increase/
Reset the oil pressure on the OMR relief valve.
decrease by 4 psi (0.03 MPa) as the control air
pressure decreases/increases by 15 psi (0.10 MPa), ⑧ Stop the air compressor. Make sure that the
respectively. Due to the regulator’s characteristics, solenoid valve is de-energized to the closed position
the pressure gauge reading rises as the control air and the vacuum indicator shows a red mark.
pressure drops.

Standard Setting of Regulator Air Flow Rate

psi (MPa) cfm (liter/min)

51 - 55
about 2.1 (60)
(0.35 - 0.38)

CAUTION
1. Maintain the pressure of a control air at the regulator setting value or more. If a control air pressure
of this level cannot be obtained, the ejector cannot operate and as a result, the gear case internal
pressure rises.
When the gear case internal pressure reaches approximately 196 Pa (20 mmH2O), the OMR relief
valve opens to atmosphere to prevent excessive rise. This results in the venting of oil fume to
atmosphere.
Therefore, if a control pressure cannot be maintained at the regulator setting, value, take
precautions to keep the air compressor from inhaling the oil fume back into the air intake.

2. If two or more air compressors are in parallel, the system may force a specific unit to unload for a
long period of time. The unloaded air compressors oil mist remover ejector may seldom operate,
thus opening its OMR relief valve frequently and venting oil mists to atmosphere. To solve this
problem, connect the unloaded air compressors control air pipe to an area in the plant air piping
system where pressure is consistently available, minimizing the amount of time the OMR relief valve
opens.
3. The OMR relief valve shortly opens when the air compressor starts and stops, even when control air
pressure is high. After repeated starts and stops, the OMR relief valve may ooze a slight amount of
oil. This is not unusual.
4. The oil mist remover consumes compressed air of approximately the value indicated above table.
The exact air consumption depends on the setting of the regulator.

5. Take precautions if the air compressor is used in AUTO operation mode, as the air compressor may
not stop automatically, due to the uninterrupted consumption of the compressed air by the oil mist
remover.

50
7. WIRING

WARNING
1. Always use a licensed electrician. Do not allow an unlicensed person to wire the air compressor. An
unlicensed person may wire the air compressor wrongly, and a wrong wiring may cause an electric shock.
2. Do not remove any protective relays on the air compressor. Also, do not make a modification of the
control circuit that may result in impairing the protective relay's function. Remember that the loss of the
protective relay's function may cause serious damage to the air compressor such as a burning of the air
end. In the event that you need to modify the control circuit, consult your distributor.
3. Before opening the control panel to service or wire the air compressor, disconnect the power; otherwise
you may receive an electric shock. In addition, attach a notice on the power supply stating “Under the
maintenance work. Keep the switch off.” to prevent someone from carelessly turning the switch on.

7.1 Power Supply Equipment

Use a power supply transformer with adequate kVA transformer and power cable shown below table. Lower
capacity and a power cable with adequate thickness and thickness values are based on the power cable length of
length. If properly sized transformers and cables are not less than 393 inches (10 m). In the event that the power
used, excessive voltage drop could occur when the cable is longer than 393 inches (10 m), employ a thicker
START button is pressed, resulting in 1.) Motors failing power cable. Provide intermediate terminals to keep the
to fully accelerate and/or, 2.) An inefficiently energized power cable thickness lower than the maximum values at
control circuit; thus shutting down the air compressor. the air compressor terminal block. The maximum
To keep a starting voltage drop within an allowable range voltage imbalance between the phases shall be within 1%.
(5% of the rated voltage), use the power supply

DSP-90A6N DSP-110A6N DSP-90VA6N DSP-110VA6N

Model
DSP-90W6N DSP-110W6N DSP-90VW6N DSP-110VW6N
Power Supply Voltage 460V
(1)
Power Transformer Capacity (KVA) 200 or more 250 or more 200 or more 250 or more
2 4/0 to 300 250 to 300 4/0 to 300 250 to 300
Power Cable Thickness AWG (mm )
(125 to 150) (125 to 150) (125 (2) to 150) (125 to 150)
Capacity values are reference data; some power supplies may require a larger-capacity transformer.

7.2 MIV and WIVM wiring

① Electrical wiring of Motorized Isolation Valve (MIV),
WIRING FOR MIV
and Motarized Water Isolation Valve (WIVM) shall
WIRING No. 'DA' be install on side. Refer to the drawing.
1
WIRING No. '44'
2 (WIVM is only for water-cooled.)
3
WIRING No. '43'
4
5 CABLE FROM TB3 IN THE CONTROL PANEL
TERMINAL BOX OF MIV

WIRING FOR WIVM

WIRING No. 'DA'
BLACK
WIRING No. '46'
WHITE
WIRING No. '45'
RED
GREEN CABLE FROM TB3 IN THE CONTROL PANEL
YELLOW
TERMINAL BOX OF WIVM

51
7. WIRING [Connecting the Power Cable]

7.3 Connecting the Power Cable

① Wiring inside the air compressor is completed prior Do not use simple disconnect such as knife switch in
to shipment by Hitachi. wiring.
Refer to “Wiring Diagram” on 7. 4. The type and sizing not supplied by Hitachi is the
responsiblitiy of the customer.
② Ground resistance requirements are required when
NOTE: Use the earth leakage circuit breaker that is
connected the power cable and grounding cable.
sensitivity-current-switchable (selectable,either
The ground resistance requirements are shown in
100 mA or 200 mA) and set its earth leakage
the table below:
sensitivity current to 200 mA
Power Supply Voltage Ground Resistance Type Ground Resistance Value
460V Type C 10 Ω or less ⑤ Disconnect the power and verify that it is safe before
1.) Overhauling the DSP, 2.) Adding oil to the DSP
③ For ser vice accessibility to the air compressor, and/or 3.) Servicing the starter/control box.
install the power cable away from the enclosure.
⑥ Field wiring connections must be made by UL and
④ Both main disconnect means and branch circuit CSA certificated ring lug terminal connectors sized
protection shall be provided. In addition, main for the wire gauge being used. The connector must
disconnect means shall be provided on the line side be fixed using the crimping tool specified by the
of the branch circuit protection. connector manufacturer.
The type(Fuse disconnect, Circuit breaker, or Earth
leakage (ground) circuit breaker) and its sizing
must be selected in accordance with national or local
electric code requirements. (Recommendation type:
( “Wiring Diagram”)

Remove the control panel cover and connect the power

cables as illustrated below.

CAUTION
Protect the power cables with using attached
rubber bush, conduits and/or protective tubes.
An unprotected power cable can come into
direct contact with the steel plates on the
power cable holes with a slight amount of
vibration. This could damage the cover over
time and result in a short circuit accident.

CAUTION
● Install an earth leakage circuit breaker at the right primary side of the air compressor.
Do not install a disconnect switch such as a knife switch in the wiring, as it is not protect the air
compressor and may result in the burning of motors if a ground fault occurs.
● Ground the air compressor to prevent electric shock or an air compressor failure. Ground
independently and directly to the earth (Do not use the steel skeleton of the building as a ground, as it
could cause an operational failure).

52
 7. WIRING [Connecting the Power Cable]

■ Other Operating Precautions (5) The inverter in the starter is attached with a digital
operator for setting and operating the inver ter.
(1) A thermal relay is not provided on the main circuit
Hitachi has finished adjusting the digital operator to
of the inver ter-controlled DSP. Instead, the
the appropriate settings, before shipping the DSP
electronics-type thermal relay is built into the
from the factory. Do not operate the attached
inverter for protecting the main circuit.
digital operator; other wise the inver ter may
(2) Phase failure is only enabled immediately after malfunction and cause a problem.
connecting the power. If a phase failure occurs
during operation, it is not detected and eventually Recommended AC reactor
causes the inverter to overheat. Tightly fasten, Model AC reactor
therefore, the cables/wires. 90VA6N, 90VW6N
ALI-180H2
110VA6N, 110VW6N
(3) Do not install a power-factor enhancing capacitor
on the motor side. Failure to obser ve this may
cause the inver ter’s capacitors to receive the
larger charging current, resulting in a failure of
CAUTION
the inverter. Immediately after disconnecting the power,
the inverter is still live. Before servicing the
(4) In the cases that a phase advance capacitor
starter/control box, therefore, make sure that
installed between power and the air compressor
the inverter’s charge indicator is off or wait for
opens and closes, a surge voltage may be
10 minutes after disconnecting the power.
generated in the controller input side, which may
cause a controller failure. In such cases, install an
AC reactor shown in the right table between power 90VA6N,90VW6N
Description Functions
and the air compressor. 110VA6N,110VW6N
Zero phase Reduces the radio frequency
460V ZCL-A
(5) If radios, TV sets, or any other electronics devices reactor interference, etc.
are located around the air compressor, install the Reduces the conductive
Radio noise
460V CFI-H noise in the power cable
HITACHI noise filters as specified in the right filter for input
wiring by the inverter.
table on the primary side of the air compressor. Noise filter
460V NF-H250
Reduces radiated noise
for inverter from the power cable.

53
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram, Control panel/LCD Monitor Specifications]

7.4 Wiring Diagram

1. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-90/110A6N) …………………………………………… Page 55
2. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-90/110W6N) …………………………………………… Page 56
3. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-90/110VA6N) …………………………………………… Page 57
4. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-90/110VW6N) ………………………………………… Page 58
5. Wiring Diagram 2 (DSP-90/110N） ……………………………………………… Page 59

7.5 Control panel/LCD Monitor Specifications

Power of
460 V (60 Hz)
control circuit
Motor
Fixed-speed compressor… - △ (three contactor) Vtype…Soft start inverter
starting method
Operating (1) Unload Stop (2) Restart for IPI (3) Remote Start/Stop
functions (4) Dryer prestart (5) Lead/lag (option) (6) Scheduling
(7) ECOMODE
Supported (1) POWER light (2) START light (3) SHUTDOWN light
indication (4) LOAD light (5) REMOTE light (6) AUTO light
(lights) (7) AUTO START light
Setting and (1) Capacity control setting and each function setting
indication (1) Discharge pressure (2) Operating hours (3) Discharge temperature
(4-digit digital (4) Load light (5) Alarm/shutdown code (6) Alarm/shutdown history
monitor) (7) Pressure setting
Setting and (1) Monitor display
display - Clock - Capacity control setting - Discharge pressure
(LCD) - Oil pressure - Interstage pressure - Operating hours
- Loading hours - No. of loading times - Discharge air temperature 1
- Discharge air temperature 2 - Oil temperature - Amperage Current
- 2nd stage suction air temperature - Hours to a next maintenance
- Next maintenance item - Load ratio - Scheduled time
(2) Message display
- Inspection/maintenance - Under automatic stop - Restart
- IPI/retry - Unload stop - Other message
(3) Alarm/shutdown
- Alarm check - Setting/connection check - Power check
- Abnormal stop - Device shutdown
(4) Function menu
- Function setting - Operation type - Capacity control
- Scheduled operation - Operation data recording - Load date recording
- Alarm history - Shutdown history - Shutdown history details
Dry contacts (1) Operation signal output : a contact × 1
(2) Alarm signal output : a contact × 1
(3) Shutdown signal output : a contact × 1
Less than 20 ms Air compressor continues to operate.
Instantaneous Power Interruption
Air compressor stops, blows off and automatically
and Restarting For 20 ms to setting (1)
restarts in setting (2).
For setting (1) or more Air compressor stops.
Note) Setting(1): Time selected on the instrument panel (from 1 to 5 seconds)
Setting (2): 15 to 60 seconds
Unload Stop: Operated by the Unload Stop button located lower on the operating monitor.

54
 㹀㹍㹒㹆ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㸿㹌㹂ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒 㹂㸿㸯 㹂㸿
㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬
㹇㹌ࠉ㸿㹂㹂㹇㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂 㹒㹀㸱
㹍㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸬ࠉ 㹲㹭 㹲㹭 㹲㹭 㹲㹭ࠉ 㹁㹌
㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸷 㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸯 㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸰 㹒㹀㸱
Air-Cooled
㸱ȭ 㹂㸿㸯㹂㸿 㸱㸰 㸱㸱 㹓㹑㹎 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸
㸲㸴㸮㹔 㸯㸯㸳㹔 㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿 㸯 㸰
㹐㹎 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹐㸰
㹐 㹑 㹒 㹓㹑㹎
㹐㹑
㹑㹎 㹁㹃 㹑㸰
ࠉ㹒㹐 㹑㸰 㸦㹅㸧 㹒㹀㸰 㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸲㸴 㸲㸰 㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿 㹊㹄 㹒㸰 㹑㹓㹁㹄 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸲 㸯 㸷 㸯 㸯㸱 㸯 㸶 㸯 㸳
㹐㸰㸿 㹐㸰 㹒㸰㸿 㸱㸰
㹂 㹑 㸯㸫 㸯 㸿 㹁㹌㸯㸶 㹁㹌㸯㸵 㹁㹌㸰㸳 㹁㹌㸯㸷 㹁㹌㸰㸮 㹁㹌㸰㸯 㹁㹌㸰㸱 㹁㹌㸰㸯ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊 㸯

㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹃㹄㸳 㹃㹄㸴 㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸯 㹍㹎㹃㸰 㹍㹎㹃㸯 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
ࠉ㸲㸿 ࠉ㸲㸿 㹁㹌㸰㸲 㸰
㸱㸱 㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㹐㸰㸿 㹐㸰 㸰 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒 㹁㹌㸯㸰
㹒㹀㸰 㸴 㸱 㹑 㹔 㹂㹑 㸯 㸫㸰 㹀 㹁㹆㹅 㸱 㸿 㹉 㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㸦 㹐㸧 㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒 㸲 㹂㸯 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㹁 㸯 㹎㹑㸰 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅
㸦㹕 㸧 㸳
㹁㹌 㸯 㸰 㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸴 㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸳㸧 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔

㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅 㹐 㹑 㹒 㹒㹀㸮 㹃㹑 㸱 㹑㹕㸰 㹑㹕㸯 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂 㸰㸲㹊 㸯 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㸦 㹀㸧
㸲 㹑㹒㹍㹎 㸰 㸳㸮㸮㹫㹱ࠉ㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹐㹃
㹐㸰 㸦 㹐㸧
㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㸱 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㸯
㸦㹕 㸧 㹎㹑㸯 㹂㹐㹗㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐 㹁㹍㹋㸯 㸲
㹃㹑 㹑㸰 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸯
㹗㸯 㸳 㹗㸯 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧

㹎㹑㸯
㸦㹅 㸧 㹁㹒 㸱
㸦㹉㸧 㹑㸰 㸦 㹀㸧 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐 㹁㹍㹋㸰 㸴
㹐㸰 㸲
㸴㸮㹕 㸷㸮㹕 㹗㸰 㸵 㹗㸰 㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㸦㹊㸧 㹒㸯 㹒㹆㸱 㹗㸱 㸶
㹒㹆㸱 㸯 㹁㹌㸯㸱 㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹑㹓㹀㸧 㹗㸱 㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹑㸯 㸰 㹓㹌㹊 㸷
㹐㸯
㸿㹔㹐㸯 㸿㹔㹐㸰 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㸦㹅㸧 㸦㹅㸧 㹒㹆㸰 㹒㹆㸰 㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹋㸿㹇㹌㸧 㹐㹃㹋 㸯 㸮 ࠉ
㸦㸩㸧 㸦㸫㸧 㸰㸲㹃㸮 㸦㸩㸧 㸦㸫㸧 㸯 㹁㹌㸯㸮 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㹃㹄㸵 㹃㹄㸶 㹃㹄㸷 㹁㸮 㹂㸿㸮 㸰 㹒㹀㸯
㸰㸲㹔㸮 㹁
㸯㸳㸿 㸯㸳㸿 㸯㸳㸿 㹃㹄㸯 㹃㹄㸰 㹃㹄㸱 㹃㹄㸲 㹒㹆㸯
㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿 㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿 㸯㸬㸴㸿 㸯㸬㸴㸿 㹐 㸯 㹁㹌㸷
㹒 㸯㸿 㸰 㹗㸲㸰 㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹗㸰㸯 㹗㸳㸰㹁 㹁㹌㸯㸳 㹁㹃 㹒㹀㸰
㹑㸰 㹗㸳㸰㸿

㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸰
㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸯
㹑㸯㸿 㹗㸳㸰 㹗㸴 㹗㸰㸮 㸯 㸲㸯 㸲㸯
㸯 㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃 㸱 㹒㸰
㹐㸯㸿 㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃 㸲㸰 㸲㸰 㹁
㸰
㸰㸲㹔㸯 㸳 㹐㸰 㹁㹃
㸰㸮㹓㹋

㹁 㹂㸿 㸱 㹂㹑㸿 㸵 㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿

㸳㸰 㸲㸰 㸲㸴 㹍㹔㹊㹂 㸿㹌㹑 㹁㹃
㸲
㸶㸶㹄㸯 㸶㸶㹄㸰 㸰㸲㹔 㸰㸲㹃 㸰㸲㹔㸰 㸦㹅㸧
㸳 㹁㹌㸴 㹁㹌㸶 㹁㹌㸲 㹁㹌㸵 㹁㹌㸳 㹁㹌㸱
㹓 㹔 㹕 㹗 㹘 㹖 㸲㸷㹋㸰 㸲㸷㹋㸱 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯
㸰㸬㸶㸿 㸰㸬㸶㸿 㹁㹌㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯 㸵 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯
㸲㸷㹋㸯 ࠉ㸷㸮㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸮㸯㸿 㸦㸷㸮㹩㹕㸧 㸦㸷㸮㹩㹕㸧
㹁㹌㸯㸲 㹁㹌㸰 㹁㹃
㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸯㸵㸿 㸱㸬㸴㸿 㸱㸬㸴㸿 㸯 㸰 㹐㹗 㹒㹀㸱
㹓㸯 㹔 㸯 㹕㸯 㹐㸲 㸯㸵 㹁
㹁 㸦㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕㸧 㸦㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕㸧 㸱㸶 㸱㸵 㸱㸲 㸰㸳 㸯㸯 㹑㸱 㸴 㹑㸱 㸰㸯㹖
㹓 㹔 㹕 㹓 㹔 㹕 㹲㹭 㸱㸴 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㸲㸱 㸲㸱 㹂
㹇㹋㸯 㸱㸷 㸱㸳 㹑㸱 㹁㹃 㹑
㹁 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵 㸱㸯 㸯㸮 㸯㸶 㹑㸱 㹉
㹁 㸲㸲 㸲㸲
㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖 㹖
㸰㸮㸿

㹓㸰 㹕 㸰 㹔㸰 㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯 㹇㹋㸰㸫㸰 㹖 㸶㸶㹄㸯 㹑 㹂㸿

㹂㸿
㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿

㸳㸰 㸱㸵㸿 㸳㸰 㹉 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㸲㸳 㸲㸳
ࠉ㸷㸮㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸵㸮㸿 㸯㸬㸯㹩㹕㸦㸷㸮㹩㹕㸧 㸯㸬㸯㹩㹕㸦㸷㸮㹩㹕㸧
㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸷㸳㸿 㸴 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㸲㸴 㸲㸴
ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸬㸳㸿 ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸰㸬㸳㸿 㹑㹉
㸯㸬㸳㹩㹕㸦㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕㸧 㸯㸬㸳㹩㹕㸦㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕㸧 㸶㸶㹄㸰 㹂㸿
ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸬㸲㸿 ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸬㸲㸿 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹂㸿
㸶 㹑㹉 㹑㸱 㸱㸳 㸴
㹌㹍㹒㹃㹑㸸
㹒㹀㸰
㸯㸬㹑㹇㹘㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹇㹁㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹇㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹆㹇㹒㸿㹁㹆㹇ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹑㹎㹍㹌㹑㹇㹀㹇㹊㹇㹒㹗
ࠉࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬 㸲㸷㹋㸯 㸰㸳 㸶 㹒㹀㸰
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧
㹑㸱
㸯㸶
㹑㸱
㸱㸳
㹑㸱
㹑㸰
㹐㸱

ࠉ㸴

㸱㸬㹑㹇㹅㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸳㸮㸿㸦㸷㸮㹩㹕㸧㸪㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸲㸮㸮㸿㸦㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬 㸶 㹁
ࠉࠉ㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒ࠉࠉ㹒㹇㹋㹃ࠉ㹂㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㸬 㸰㸳 㹁
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸱㸳㸮㹋㹁㹋㸬 㸶㸿
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬 㸲㸷㹋 㸰 㹁㹌㹆㹐 㸴 㸲㸰
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬 㸶㹀
㸰 㸯 㸯㸴
㸯㸳
㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㸰ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒

㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃 㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃

㸲㸷㹋 㸱
㹇㹋㸯 㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹂㹑㸿 㹊㹇㹅㹆㹒㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㸿㹐㹐㹃㹑㹒㹃㹐 㹑㸰 㹐㸱
㸯㸱 㹋㹍㹆㹐 㹑㸱 㸯㸶 㹑㸱 㸯㸶 㹑㸱 㸱㸳 㹑㸱 㸴 㹑㸱 㸴 㹑㸰 㹐㸱
㹇㹋㸰 㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹐 㹐㹃㹑㹇㹑㹒㸿㹌㹁㹃 㸶㸿
㸳㸰 㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹑㹕㸯㸪㸰 㹂㹇㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆
㹑 㹑 㹑 㹑

1. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-90/110A6N)

㸶㸶㹄㸰 㸶㸶㹄㸯 㸳㸰 㸲㸰 㸴 㹁㹌㸱㸰 㹁㹌㸱㸳 㹁㹌㸱㸵 㹁㹌㸱㸮 㹁㹌㸱㸯 㹁㹌㸱㸱 㹁㹌㸱㸴
㸲㸰 㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㹁㹆㹅 㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㹊㸿㹋㹎 㹉 㹉 㹉 㹉
㸴 㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ< 㹑㹉 㹑㹓㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㸿㹀㹑㹍㹐㹀㹃㹐 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯
㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㸶㸶㹄㸯㸪㸰 㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌 㸲㸴 㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗
㸲㸷㹋㸯 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㸿㹊ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒
㸲㸷㹋㸰㸪㸱 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㸿㹊ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹁㹀㸯 㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㹎㹕㹀㸯 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂 㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹂㹃㹑㹁㹐㹇㹎㹒㹇㹍㹌 㸿㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌
㹎㹕㹀㸰 㹂㹇㹑㹎㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂 㹃㹑 㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㸰㸮㹓㸱 㸰㸮㹓㸲 㸰㸮㹓㹑 㸰㸮㹓㸯 㸰㸮㹓㸰 㸰㸮㹂㸯 㸰㸮㹂㸰
㹗㸯 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㸦㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㸿㹓㹒㹍ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㸧
㹊㹁㹂 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹋㹍㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿
㸰㸮㹓㸯 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂 㹋㹍㹆㹐 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹍㹑㹒㸿㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹃㸿㹐㹇㹌㹅 㹗㸰 㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㸰㸮㹓㸰 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂 㹗㸱 㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㸰㸮㹓㸱 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒
㹁 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃
㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐㸪㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ
㹂 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐
㹗㸳㸰 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊 㹎㸿㹁㹉㸿㹅㹃
㸰㸮㹓㸲 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㹁㹌 㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐
㸰㸮㹓㹑 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㸭㹑㹒㹍㹎 㹂㹑 㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹗㸴 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅㸦㹗㸧ࠉ
㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹂㹇㸿㹅㹐㸿㹋ࠉ㸰
㸴㸱㹑㹔 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹄㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹒㹇㸿㹊ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 㹁㹃 㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹗㸲㸰 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅㸦Ǽ㸧ࠉ
㹎㹑㸯 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹂㸯 㹂㹇㹍㹂㹃 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ
㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹒㹐 㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐 㹗㸰㸮 㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㸦㸰ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉǼ㸧
㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹆㸰 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸧 㸿㹔㹐 㸿㹓㹒㹍㹋㸿㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸿㹅㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹅㹓㹊㸿㹒㹍㹐
㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ

"This wiring diagram is for reference. Refer to the wiring diagram drawing in the control panel for the detail."
㹒㹆㸱 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㸦㸳ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉǼ㸧
㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗
㹒㹀㸮 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 㹍㹌
㹗㸰㸯 㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 㸰㸮㹂 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃
㹁㹒 㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐 㸰㸮㹓㹋 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹋㹐 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹃㹄㸯㸫㸷 㹄㹓㹑㹃 㸰㸮㸿 㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐 㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎

55
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]
56
㹀㹍㹒㹆ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㸿㹌㹂ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒 㹂㸿㸯 㹂㸿
㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬
㹇㹌ࠉ㸿㹂㹂㹇㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂 㹒㹀㸱
㹍㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸬ࠉ 㹲㹭 㹲㹭 㹲㹭 㹲㹭ࠉ 㹁㹌
㸱ȭ 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸷 㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸯 㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸰 㹒㹀㸱 㹂㸿㸯㹂㸿 㸱㸰 㸱㸱 㹓㹑㹎 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸

Water-Cooled
ࠉ㹒㹐ࠉ㸵㸳㸮㹔㸿 㸯㸯㸳㹔㸦㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿㸧 㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㸯 㸰
㹐 㹑 㹒 㹐㸰
㹐㹎 㸲㸴㸮㹔 㹐㹑 㹓㹑㹎
㹑㸰 㹁㹃 㹑㸰
㹑㹎 㹁㹀㸰ࠉ㸯 㸬㸴㸿 㸦㹅㸧 㹒㹀㸰 㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸲㸴 㸲㸰 㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㸰㹐㹑
㹊㹄 㹒㸰㸿 㹒㸰 㹑㹓㹁㹄 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸲 㸯 㸷 㸯 㸯㸱 㸯 㸶 㸯 㸳
㸰㹑㸰 㸰㹐㸰 㹐㸰㸿 㹐㸰 㸱㸰
㹂 㹑 㸯㸫 㸯 㸿 㹁㹌㸯㸶 㹁㹌㸯㸵 㹁㹌㸰㸳 㹁㹌㸯㸷 㹁㹌㸰㸮 㹁㹌㸰㸯 㹁㹌㸰㸱 㹁㹌㸰㸯ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊 㸯

㹗㸳㸰㸿
㸰㸱㸮㹔㸦㸰㸳㸮㹔㸿㸧 㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸯 㹍㹎㹃㸰 㹍㹎㹃㸯 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
㸲㸴 㹁㹌㸰㸲 㸰 㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㸦㹅㸧 㹐㸰㸿 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸰 㸱㸱
㸶㸶㹄 㹐㸰 㹒㹀㸰 㸴 㸱 㹑 㹔 㹂㹑 㸯 㸫㸰 㹀 㹁㹆㹅 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒 㸱 㸿 㹉 㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㹐㹎 㹒㸯 㸦 㹐㸧 㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒 㸲 㹂㸯 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㹁 㸯 㹎㹑㸰 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅
㹑㹎 㹁㹃 㸦㹕 㸧 㸳
㹒㹀㸮 㸰㹑㸱 㸰㹑㸱 㹁㹌 㸯 㸰 㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸴 㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸳㸧 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔

㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅 㹐 㹑 㹒 㹃㹑 㸱 㹑㹕㸰 㹑㹕㸯 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂 㸰㸲㹊 㸯 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹄㸳㸫㸵 㸰㹐㸱 㹁㹃 㸰㹐㸱 㸦 㹀㸧
㸲 㹑㹒㹍㹎 㸰 㸳㸮㸮㹫㹱ࠉ㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹐㹃
ࠉࠉࠉ㸲㸿 㹁㸯 㹁㸰 㹁㸱 㹐㸰 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㸦 㹐㸧 㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㸱 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒
㸯 㹁㹍㹋㸯 㸲
㹁㸯㸰 㹁㸰㸰 㹁㸱㸰 㸦㹕 㸧 㹎㹑㸯 㹂㹐㹗㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐
㹁㸯㸯 㹁㸰㸯 㹁㸱㸯 㹃㹑 㹑㸰 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸯
㹗㸯 㸳 㹗㸯 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧

㹎㹑㸯
㸱
㸦㹅 㸧 㹁㹌㸰㸵 㹁㹌㸰㸶 㹁㹌㸰㸷 㹑㸰 㸦 㹀㸧 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐 㹁㹍㹋㸰 㸴
㸲 㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㸴㸮㹕 㹐㸰 㸷㸮㹕 㹗㸰 㸵 㹗㸰
㸦㹉㸧 㹁㹒 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯
㹒㹆㸱 㹗㸱 㸶
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

㹒㹆㸱 㸯 㹁㹌㸯㸱 㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹑㹓㹀㸧 㹗㸱 㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧

㸿㹔㹐㸯 㸿㹔㹐㸰 㸰 㹓㹌㹊 㸷
㸦㹊㸧 㸦㹅㸧 㸦㹅㸧 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㹒㹆㸰 㹒㹆㸰 㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹋㸿㹇㹌㸧 㹐㹃㹋 㸯 㸮 ࠉ
㸦㸩㸧 㸦㸫㸧 㸦㸩㸧 㸦㸫㸧 㸯 㹁㹌㸯㸮 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㹁 㹃 㹁 㹃㹁 㹃 㹁 㹃 㹁 㹃 㹁㹃 㹁 㹃 㹁 㹃 㹁㹃 㹁 㹃 㹁 㹃 㹁 㹃 㹁 㹒㹀㸯
㸰㸲㹔㸮 㸰㸲㹃㸮 㹃㹄㸰 㹁㸮 㹂㸿㸮 㸰
㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿 㹒㹆㸯
㹐

㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㹍㹐㸿㹌㹅㹃
ࠉ㹐㹃㹂
㹕㹆㹇㹒㹃
㹀㹊㸿㹁㹉
㸯 㹁㹌㸷
㹃㹄㸯 㹃㹄㸱 㹃㹄㸲 㸰 㹗㸲㸰 㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹗㸰㸯 㹗㸳㸰㹁 㹁㹌㸯㸳 㹁㹃 㹒㹀㸰
㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿 㹗㸴 㹗㸰㸮 㸯 㹑㸰 㹗㸳㸰㸿
㸯㸬㸴㸿 㸯㸬㸴㸿 㹗㸳㸰 㸲㸯 㸲㸯
㹇 㹋㸰 㸫㸯 㹇 㹋㸰 㸫㸰 㹇㹋 㸰㸫 㸱 㸯 㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃 㸱 㹒㸰
㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃

㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸰
㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸯
㸰㸲㹔㸯 㹐㸰 㹁㹃 㸲㸰 㸲㸰 㹁
㸰 㸳
㸰㸮㹓㹋

㸳㸮㹕 㸳㸮㹕 㸳㸮㹕 㸱 㹂㹑㸿 㸵 㹑㸰

㸵㹔㸿

㸳㸰 㸲㸰 㹁 㹂㸿 㹍㹔㹊㹂 㸿㹌㹑 㹁㹃
㸲
㹁 㸰㸲㹔 㸰㸲㹃 㸰㸲㹔㸰 㸦㹅㸧
㸳 㹁㹌㸴 㹁㹌㸶 㹁㹌㸲 㹁㹌㸵 㹁㹌㸳 㹁㹌㸱
㹓 㹔 㹕 㹗 㹘 㹖 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯
㹁㹌㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯 㸵 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯
㸲㸷㹋㸯 ࠉ㸷㸮㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸮㸯㸿 㸯 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸲 㹁㹌㸰
㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸯㸵㸿 㹁㹃 㹒㹀㸱
㹓㸯 㹔 㸯 㹕㸯 㸯㸵
㹐㹗
㹁 㸱㸶 㹐㸲 㹁
㹲㹭 㸱㸵 㸱㸲 㸰㸳 㹑㸱 㸯㸯 㹑㸱 㸴 㹑㸱 㸰㸯㹖 㹂
㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵 㸱㸴 㸱㸳 㸯㸮 㹁㹃 㹑
㹗㸳㸰㸿 㸲㸱 㸲㸱
㹇㹋 㸯 㹁
㹖 㸱㸷 㸱㸯 㸯㸶 㹑㸱 㹉 㹖 㸲㸲 㸲㸲
㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖
㸰㸮㸿

㹓㸰 㹕 㸰 㹔㸰 㸳㸰 㸶㸶㹄 㸳㸰 㹑 㹂㸿 㹂㸿
㹉 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㸲㸳 㸲㸳
ࠉ㸷㸮㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸵㸮㸿 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸷㸳㸿
㸴 㸶 㹑㹉 㸲㸴 㸲㸴
㸰㸮㹕

㹂㸿
㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿 㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿

㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㸱㸳 㹂㸿
㸲㸷㹋 㸯 㹑㹉 㹑㸱 㹑㸰
㹌㹍㹒㹃㹑㸸 㹑㸱 㸯㸶 㸴 㹐㸱
㸯㸬㹑㹇㹘㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹇㹁㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹇㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹆㹇㹒㸿㹁㹆㹇ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹑㹎㹍㹌㹑㹇㹀㹇㹊㹇㹒㹗 㹒㹀㸰
ࠉࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬 㹒㹀㸰
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧 㸯 㸱㹀 㸯 㸱㸿 㸯㸱
㸰㸳 㸶
㹑㸱
㸯㸶
㹑㸱
㸱㸳
㹑㸱
㹑㸰
㹐㸱

ࠉ㸴

㸱㸬㹑㹇㹅㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸳㸮㸿㸦㸷㸮㹩㹕㸧㸪㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸲㸮㸮㸿㸦㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬 㹁㹌㸲㸱 㹁㹌㸲㸲 㹁㹌㸲㸳
ࠉࠉ㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒ࠉࠉ㹒㹇㹋㹃ࠉ㹂㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㸬 㸶 㹁
㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸱㸳㸮㹋㹁㹋㸬 㸰㸳 㸴 㸲㸰
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬 㹁㹌㹆㹐
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃 㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃 㸯㸲 㸯㸲 㸯㸱㹀 㸯㸱㸿 㸯㸴 㸯㸳
㸯㸱 㸰 㸯
㹇㹋㸯 㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹂㹑㸿 㹊㹇㹅㹆㹒㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㸿㹐㹐㹃㹑㹒㹃㹐 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㸯㸱㹀 㸯㸱㸿 㹑㸱 㸯㸶 㹑㸱 㸯㸶 㹑 㸱 㸱㸳 㹑㸱 㸴 㹑㸱 㸴 㹑㸰 㹐㸱 㹑㸰 㹐㸱
㸯㸱

㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㸫㸱 㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹐 㹐㹃㹑㹇㹑㹒㸿㹌㹁㹃 㹑 㸶㸶㹄 㸳㸰 㹑 㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯
㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㸰ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒

㹉 㹉 㹁㹃 㸲㸷㹄㹁㸰 㹁㹃 㸲㸷㹄㹁㸱 㹁㹃 㹋㹍㹆㹐

㸳㸰 㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹑㹕㸯㸪㸰 㹂㹇㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 ȟࠉ㸼 ȟࠉ㸼 ȟࠉ㸼 㹑 㸲㸰 㹑 㸴
㹁㹌㸱㸰 㹁㹌㸱㸳 㹁㹌㸱㸵 㹁㹌㸱㸮 㹁㹌㸱㸯 㹁㹌㸱㸱 㹁㹌㸱㸴

㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㹅㹐㸿㹗
㸲㸰 㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㹊㸿㹋㹎 㹉 㹉
㹁㹆㹅 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㹋㸰㸫㸰 㹋㸰㸫㸱

2. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-90/110W6N)

㸴 㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹗 㹑㹉 㹑㹓㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㸿㹀㹑㹍㹐㹀㹃㹐 㹁 㹋㸰㸫㸯 㹁㹃 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯
㸶㸶㹄 㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌 㸲㸴 㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗
㸲㸷㹋㸯 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㸿㹊ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒
㹁㹀㸯㸪㸰 㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹂㹃㹑㹁㹐㹇㹎㹒㹇㹍㹌 㸿㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌
㹎㹕㹀㸯 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂 㹑㹎㸯 㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒㸿㹐㹗ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐
㹎㹕㹀㸰 㹂㹇㹑㹎㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂 㹃㹑 㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㸰㸮㹓㸱 㸰㸮㹓㸲 㸰㸮㹓㹑 㸰㸮㹓㸯 㸰㸮㹓㸰 㸰㸮㹂㸯 㸰㸮㹂㸰
㹗㸯 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㸦㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㸿㹓㹒㹍ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㸧
㹊㹁㹂 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹋㹍㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐 㹋㹍㹆㹐 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹍㹑㹒㸿㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹃㸿㹐㹇㹌㹅 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿
㸰㸮㹓㸯 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂 㹓㹑㹎 㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 㹗㸰 㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㸰㸮㹓㸰 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂 㹑㹕㹊 㹊㹃㹂 㹗㸱 㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌
㸰㸮㹓㸱 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㸲㸷㹄㹁㸯㸫㸱 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㸿㹊ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐
㹁 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃
㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐㸪㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ
㹂 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐
㹗㸳㸰 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊 㹎㸿㹁㹉㸿㹅㹃
㸰㸮㹓㸲 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㹁㹌 㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐
㸰㸮㹓㹑 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒㸭㹑㹒㹍㹎 㹂㹑 㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹗㸴 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅㸦㹗㸧ࠉ
㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹂㹇㸿㹅㹐㸿㹋ࠉ㸰
㸴㸱㹑㹔 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹄㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹒㹇㸿㹊ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 㹁㹃 㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹗㸲㸰 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅㸦Ǽ㸧ࠉ
㹎㹑㸯 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹂㸯 㹂㹇㹍㹂㹃 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ
㹗㸰㸮 㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㸦㸰ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉǼ㸧
㹎㹑㸰 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹒㹐 㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐
㹒㹆㸰 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸧 㸿㹔㹐 㸿㹓㹒㹍㹋㸿㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸿㹅㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹅㹓㹊㸿㹒㹍㹐
㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ

"This wiring diagram is for reference. Refer to the wiring diagram drawing in the control panel for the detail."
㹒㹆㸱 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉǼ 㸦㸳ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉǼ㸧
㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗
㹒㹀㸮 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 㹁㸯㸫㸱 㹁㸿㹎㸿㹁㹇㹒㹍㹐 㹍㹌
㹗㸰㸯 㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 㸰㸮㹂㸯㸪㸰 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃
㹁㹒 㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐 㸰㸮㹓㹋 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹋㹐 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹃㹄㸯㸫㸵 㹄㹓㹑㹃 㸰㸮㸿 㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐 㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㸰㸮㹕 㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹕㸿㹒㹃㹐 ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
 㹀㹍㹒㹆ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㸿㹌㹂ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒 㹂㸿㸯 㹂㸿
㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬 㹲㹭 㹲㹭 㹲㹭 㹲㹭ࠉ
㹇㹌ࠉ㸿㹂㹂㹇㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸷 㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸯 㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸰 㹒㹀㸱 㹒㹀㸱
㹍㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸬ࠉ 㹁㹌
㸱ȭ 㹂㸿㸯㹂㸿 㸱㸰 㸱㸱 㹓㹑㹎 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸 㸯 㸰 Air-Cooled
㹗㹘 㸿㹀
㹐㹎 㸲㸴㸮㹔 㸯㸯㸳㹔 㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹐㸰
㹐 㹑 㹒 㹓㹑㹎
㹐㹑
㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹑㸰
㹑㹎 ࠉ㹒㹐 㹑㸰 㸦㹅㸧 㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸲㸴 㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㹑㸰 㸲㸶
㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿 㹊㹄 㹒㸰 㹑㹓㹁㹄 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸲 㸯 㸷 㸯 㸯㸱 㸯 㸰 㸶 㸯 㸳 㸱㸰
㹃㹑㹖 㹂 㹑 㸯㸫 㸯 㸿 㹁㹌㸯㸶 㹁㹌㸯㸵 㹁㹌㸰㸳 㹁㹌㸯㸷 㹁㹌㸰㸮 㹁㹌㸰㸯 㹁㹌㸰㸱 㹁㹌㸰㸯ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊 㸯

㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸯 㹍㹎㹃㸰 㹍㹎㹃㸯 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
㹃㹄㸳 㹃㹄㸴 㹁㹌㸰㸲 㸰
㸱㸱 㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㹒㹀㸰 㸰 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒 㹁㹌㸯㸰
㹒㹀㸰 㸴 㸱 㹑 㹔 㹂㹑 㸯 㸫㸰 㹀 㹁㹆㹅 㸱 㸿 㹉 㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
ࠉ㸲㸿 ࠉ㸲㸿 㸦 㹐㸧 㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒 㹂㸯 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㸯 㹎㹑㸰 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅 㸲
㹑㸰 㹑㸰㸿 㹐㸰㸿 㹐㸰 㸦㹕 㸧 㸳
㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸴 㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸳㸧 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔

㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅 㹐 㹑 㹒 㹒㹀㸮 㸱 㹑㹕㸰 㹑㹕㸯 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂 㸰㸲㹊 㸯 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸦 㹀㸧
㸲 㹑㹒㹍㹎 㸰 㸳㸮㸮㹫㹱ࠉ㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹐㹃
㹑㸰㸿 㹐㸰㸿 㹐㸰 㸦 㹐㸧
㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㸱 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㹁 㸯
㸦㹕 㸧 㹎㹑㸯 㹂㹐㹗㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐 㹁㹍㹋㸯 㸲
㹁㹌 㹑㸰 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸯
㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㹗㸯 㸳 㹗㸯 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧

㹎㹑㸯
㹒㸯 㹃㹑 㹑㸰 㸱
㸦㹅 㸧 㸦 㹀㸧 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐 㹁㹍㹋㸰 㸴
㹑㸯 㹐㸰 㸲
㸴㸮㹕 㸷㸮㹕 㹗㸰 㸵 㹗㸰 㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹁㹒 㹐㸯 㹒㹆㸱 㹗㸱 㸶
㹒㹆㸱 㸯 㹁㹌㸯㸱 㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹑㹓㹀㸧 㹗㸱 㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㸦㹉㸧 㸰 㹓㹌㹊 㸷
㸿㹔㹐㸯 㸿㹔㹐㸰 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㸦㹅㸧 㸦㹅㸧 㹒㹆㸰 㹒㹆㸰 㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹋㸿㹇㹌㸧 㹐㹃㹋 㸯 㸮 ࠉ
㸦㹊㸧 㹃㹑 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㹃㹄㸵 㹃㹄㸶 㹃㹄㸷 㸦㸩㸧 㸦㸫㸧 㸦㸩㸧 㸦㸫㸧 㸯 㹁㹌㸯㸮
㸰㸲㹔㸮 㸰㸲㹃㸮
㸰 㹁㸮 㹂㸿㸮 㸰 㹒㹀㸯
㸯㸳㸿 㸯㸳㸿 㸯㸳㸿 㹁
㹃㹄㸯 㹃㹄㸰 㹃㹄㸱 㹃㹄㸲 㹒㹆㸯
㹐 㸯 㹁㹌㸷
㹒 㸯㸿 㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿 㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿 㸯㸬㸴㸿 㸯㸬㸴㸿 㸰 㹗㸲㸰 㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹗㸰㸯 㹗㸳㸰㹁 㹁㹌㸯㸳
㹑㸰 㹁㹃 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹒㹀㸰
㹑 㸯㸿 㹗㸳㸰 㹗㸴 㹗㸰㸮 㸯 㸲㸯 㸲㸯
㸯 㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃 㸱 㹒㸰
㹐 㸯㸿 㸰㸲㹔㸯 㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃 㹐㸰 㹁㹃 㸲㸰 㸲㸰 㹁
㸰 㸳

㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸰
㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸯
㸲㸴
㸰㸮㹓㹋

㹁 㹂㸿 㸱 㹂㹑㸿 㸵 㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿

㹍㹔㹊㹂 㸿㹌㹑 㹁㹃
㸲
㸶㸶㹄㸯 㸶㸶㹄㸰 㸰㸲㹔 㸰㸲㹃 㸰㸲㹔㸰 㸦㹅㸧
㸳 㹁㹌㸴 㹁㹌㸶 㹁㹌㸲 㹁㹌㸵 㹁㹌㸳 㹁㹌㸱
㸲㸷㹋㸰 㸲㸷㹋㸱 㹁㹌㸯 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯 㸵 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯
㸱㸬㸴㸿 㸱㸬㸴㸿 㹁㹌㸯㸲 㹁㹌㸰
㹒㹀㸱
㹓 㹔 㹕 㹓 㹔 㹕 㹐㸲 㹁
㹁 㹁 㹑㹎 㸲㸵 㸱㸲 㸰㸳 㸱㸵 㹑㸱
㸲㸶 㸯㸵 㹑㸱 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㸲㸱 㸲㸱 㹂
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯 㹇㹋㸰㸫㸰 㸯 㸰 㹑㹌 㹁㹃
㹓㸯 㹔㸯 㹕㸯 㸱㸯 㹒㹀㸰 㹁 㸲㸲 㸲㸲
㹖
㸰㸮㸿

㹁 㸯㸬㸳㹩㹕 㹁㹋㸰 㸶㸶㹄㸯 㹂㸿

㸯㸬㸳㹩㹕 㹖 㸦㹅㸧 㹂㸿
㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿

ࠉ㸷㸮㹩㹕 㹲㹭 㸱㸷㸮Ȑ 㹖㸳㸰 㸰㸳 㸶 㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖

㹇㹋㸯 ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸬㸲㸿 ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸬㸲㸿 㸲㸵㸿 㹑㸱 㹖㸳㸰 㹁㹃 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㸲㸳 㸲㸳
ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸵㸮㸿 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵 㹐㹗
ࠉ㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕 㹄㹋 㸲㸶 㸲㸴 㸲㸴
㹓㸰 㹕㸰 㹔㸰 㸶 㸰㸯㹖
ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸷㸳㸿 ࠉ㹑㹎 ࠉ㹐㹎 㹁㹋㸯 㹁 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㸶㸶㹄㸰 㸰㸳 㹑 㹂㸿
ࠉ㹑㹌
㸦㸩㸧ࠉ㹑㹌ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯
㸦㸫㸧ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸱 㹑 㹑 㹉 㹂㸿
㹌㹍㹒㹃㹑㸸 㹃㹑㹖 㸶 㹁㹌㹆㹐
㹎㹊㹁 㹉 㹉
㸯㸬㹑㹇㹘㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹇㹁㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹇㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹆㹇㹒㸿㹁㹆㹇ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹑㹎㹍㹌㹑㹇㹀㹇㹊㹇㹒㹗 㹐㹓㹌 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㹎㸰㸲
ࠉࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬 㹄㹕 㸰 㸯
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸶
㸱㸬㹑㹇㹅㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔 㹇㹌㹔 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹆 㹋㹍㹆㹐
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸮㸮㸿㸦㸷㸮㸭㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 㸮 㸿 㹒㹀㸰
ࠉࠉ㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㹈ࠉ㸴㸮㸮㹔ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㸬
㹑㸱
㸱㸵
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹑㸰

ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹇
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹂

㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸱㸳㸮㹋㹁㹋㸬 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹊 㹊 㹀
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬 㹁㹋㸰
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬 㹁㹃 㹁
ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸰
㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㸰ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒

㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃 㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃 㸦㹐㹓㹌㸧㸯㸯

㹇㹋㸯 㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹂㹑㸿 㹊㹇㹅㹆㹒㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㸿㹐㹐㹃㹑㹒㹃㹐 㸿㹊㸰 㸲㸷㹋㸰
㸿㹊㸯
㹁㹌㸱㸶
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㸪㸰 㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹐 㹐㹃㹑㹇㹑㹒㸿㹌㹁㹃 㸿㹊㸮 㸦㹅㸧 㸶㸿
㹇㹌㹔 㹇㹌㹔㹃㹐㹒㹃㹐 㹑㹕㸯㸪㸰 㹂㹇㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 㸰 㸯 㸲㸷㹋㸱 㹑㸱 㸱㸵 㹑㸱 㸱㸵 㹑㸰 㹐㸱 㹑㸰 㹐㸱 㹑㸰 㹐㸱 㹑㸰 㹐㸱
㹁㹆㹅 㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㹊㸿㹋㹎 㹁㹌㸲㸮㹀 㹁㹌㸲㸮㸿 㹁㹌㸱㸱 㹁㹌㸱㸴
㸯㸲 㸶 㹁㹌㸲㸯㹀 㹁㹌㸲㸯㸿

3. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-90/110VA6N)

㹑㹉 㹑㹓㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㸿㹀㹑㹍㹐㹀㹃㹐
㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㸶㸶㹄㸯㸪㸰 㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌 㸲㸴 㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯
㹑 㸶㸶㹄㸰 㸶㸶㹄㸯 㹖㸳㸰 㹑
㹄㹋 㹉 㹉
㸲㸷㹋㸰㸪㸱 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㸿㹊ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹁㹀㸯 㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐
㹎㹕㹀㸯 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㹎㹕㹀㸰 㹂㹇㹑㹎㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂 㹃㹑 㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㸰㸮㹔㸯㹀 㸰㸮㹔㸯㸿 㸰㸮㹔㸰㹀 㸰㸮㹔㸰㸿 㸰㸮㹂㸯 㸰㸮㹂㸰
㹊㹁㹂 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹋㹍㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐 㹋㹍㹆㹐 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹍㹑㹒㸿㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹃㸿㹐㹇㹌㹅
㸰㸮㹔㸯㸿㸭㹀 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂 㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹂㹃㹑㹁㹐㹇㹎㹒㹇㹍㹌 㸿㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌
㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸶㹔㸿 㸯㸶㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿
㸰㸮㹔㸰㸿㸭㹀 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹇㹎㹇 㹓㹑㹎 㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㹗㸯 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㸦㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㸿㹓㹒㹍ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㸧
㹑㹕㹊 㹊㹃㹂 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㹁 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃
㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐㸪㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ
㹂 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐
㹁㹌 㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹗㸰 㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊 㹎㸿㹁㹉㸿㹅㹃
㹂㹑 㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹗㸱 㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌
㸴㸱㹑㹔 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹄㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹒㹇㸿㹊ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 㹁㹃 㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹂㹇㸿㹅㹐㸿㹋ࠉ㸰
㹗㸳㸰 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹎㹑㸯 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹂㸯 㹂㹇㹍㹂㹃
㹎㹑㸰 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹒㹐 㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㸦㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑
㹗㸰㸮 㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 ࠉࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸧
㹒㹆㸰 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸧 㸿㹔㹐 㸿㹓㹒㹍㹋㸿㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸿㹅㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹅㹓㹊㸿㹒㹍㹐

"This wiring diagram is for reference. Refer to the wiring diagram drawing in the control panel for the detail."
㹒㹆㸱 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌
㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹗㸰㸯 㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃
㹒㹀㸮 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 㸰㸮㹂㸯㸪㸰 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 㸰㸮㹓㹋 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹋㹐 㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹁㹒 㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐 㸰㸮㸿 㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐 ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹄㸯㸫㸷 㹄㹓㹑㹃
㸲㸶 㹒㹇㹋㹃㹐ࠉ㸦㸱㹑㹃㹁㸧 㹃㹑㹖 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗

57
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]
58
㹀㹍㹒㹆ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㸿㹌㹂ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒 㹂㸿㸯 㹂㸿
㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬 㹲㹭 㹲㹭 㹲㹭 㹲㹭ࠉ
㹇㹌ࠉ㸿㹂㹂㹇㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㹃㸿㹌㹑ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹔㹇㹂㹃㹂 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸷 㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸯 㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹁㹌㸰 㹒㹀㸱 㹒㹀㸱
㹍㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹌㹃ࠉ㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸬ࠉ 㹁㹌
㹂㸿㸯㹂㸿 㸱㸰 㸱㸱 㹓㹑㹎 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯
㸱ȭ 㸯 㸰
㹗㹘

Water-Cooled
ࠉ㸿㹁㸲㸴㸮㹔ࠉ㸴㸮㹆㹸 㸿 㹀
㹐㹎 㸲㸴㸮㹔 㸯㸯㸳㹔 㹁㹀㸯ࠉ㸵㸿 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹐㸰
㹐 㹑 㹒 㹓㹑㹎
㹐㹑
㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹑㸰
㹑㹎 ࠉ㹒㹐 㹑㸰 㸦㹅㸧 㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸲㸴 㹓㹑㹎ࠉ㹑㹕
㹑㸰 㸲㸶
㸳㸮㸮㹔㸿 㹊㹄 㹒㸰 㹑㹓㹁㹄 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸲 㸯 㸷 㸯 㸯㸱 㸯 㸳 㸱㸰
㹃㹑㹖 㹂 㹑 㸯㸫 㸯 㸿 㹁㹌㸯㸶 㹁㹌㸯㸵 㹁㹌㸰㸳 㹁㹌㸯㸷 㹁㹌㸰㸮 㹁㹌㸰㸱 㹁㹌㸰㸯ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊 㸯

㹗㸳㸰㸿
㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸯 㹍㹎㹃㸰 㹍㹎㹃㸯 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㸩㸧
㹃㹄㸳 㹃㹄㸴 㹒㹀㸰 㹁㹌㸰㸲 㸰
㸱㸱 㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㸰 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒 㹁㹌㸯㸰
ࠉ㸲㸿 ࠉ㸲㸿 㹒㹀㸰 㸴 㸱 㹑 㹔 㹂㹑 㸯 㸫㸰 㹀 㹁㹆㹅 㸱 㸿 㹉 㹂㹓㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸪
㸦 㹐㸧 㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒 㸲 㹂㸯 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹔㹃ࠉ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹃㹑㸬
㹑㸰 㹑㸰㸿 㹐㸰㸿 㹐㸰 㸯 㹎㹑㸰 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅
㸦㹕 㸧 㸳
㹑㸰 㹐㸰 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸴 㹎㹕㹀㸯㸦㹆㹁㸳㸳㸧 㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔

㹎㹑㸰
㹒㹀㹅 㹐 㹑 㹒 㹒㹀㸮 㹐㸰 㸱 㹑㹕㸰 㹑㹕㸯 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂 㸰㸲㹊 㸯 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹑㸰 㸦 㹀㸧
㹑㸰㸿 㹐㸰㸿 㸲 㹑㹒㹍㹎 㸰 㸳㸮㸮㹫㹱ࠉ㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹐㹃
㹐㸰 㸦 㹐㸧
㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㸱 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒
㹁 㸯
㹁㹌 㸦㹕 㸧 㹎㹑㸯 㹂㹐㹗㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐 㹁㹍㹋㸯 㸲
㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㹑㸰 㸰 㹁㹌㸯㸯
㹗㸯 㸳 㹗㸯 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧

㹎㹑㸯
㹃㹑 㸱
㹒㸯 㹑㸰 㸦 㹀㸧 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹌㹑㹕㹃㹐 㹁㹍㹋㸰 㸴
㸦㹅 㸧 㹐㸰 㸲
㹑㸯 㸴㸮㹕 㸷㸮㹕 㹗㸰 㸵 㹗㸰 㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㹁㹒 㹐㸯 㹒㹆㸱 㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹑㹓㹀㸧 㹗㸱 㸶
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]

㸦㹉㸧
㹒㹆㸱 㸯 㹁㹌㸯㸱 㹗㸱 㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌 㹂㹐㹗͇㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㸦㸮㸬㸳㸿㸧
㸿㹔㹐㸯 㸿㹔㹐㸰 㸰 㹓㹌㹊 㸷
㸦㹅㸧 㸦㹅㸧 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㸦㹊㸧 㹃㹑 㹒㹆㸰 㹒㹆㸰 㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂㸦㹋㸿㹇㹌㸧 㹐㹃㹋 㸯 㸮 ࠉ
㹃㹄㸵 㹃㹄㸶 㹃㹄㸷 㸦㸩㸧 㸦㸫㸧 㸰㸲㹃㸮 㸦㸩㸧 㸦㸫㸧 㸯 㹁㹌㸯㸮 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹒㹒㹇㹌㹅㸸͆㹟͇㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒
㸰㸲㹔㸮 㹁㸮 㹂㸿㸮 㸰 㹒㹀㸯
㸯㸳㸿 㸯㸳㸿 㸯㸳㸿 㹁
㹃㹄㸯 㹃㹄㸰 㹃㹄㸱 㹃㹄㸲 㹒㹆㸯
㹐 㸯 㹁㹌㸷
㹒㸯㸿 㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿 㸯㸬㸰㸳㸿 㸯㸬㸴㸿 㸯㸬㸴㸿 㸰 㹗㸲㸰 㹗㸲㸰Ș 㹗㸰㸯 㹗㸳㸰㹁 㹁㹌㸯㸳
㹑㸰 㹁㹃 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹒㹀㸰
㹑㸯㸿 㹗㸳㸰 㹗㸴 㹗㸰㸮 㸯 㸲㸯 㸲㸯
㸯 㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃 㸱 㹒㸰
㹐㸯㸿 㸰㸲㹔㸯 㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃 㹐㸰 㹁㹃 㸲㸰 㸲㸰 㹁
㸲㸴 㸰 㸳

㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸰
㹲㹭ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰ࠉ㹒㸿㹀㸯
㸰㸮㹓㹋

㹁 㹂㸿 㸱 㹂㹑㸿 㸵 㹑㸰
㸵㹔㸿

㹍㹔㹊㹂 㸿㹌㹑 㹁㹃
㸲
㸶㸶㹄㸯 㸶㸶㹄㸰 㸰㸲㹔 㸰㸲㹃 㸰㸲㹔㸰 㸦㹅㸧
㸳 㹁㹌㸴 㹁㹌㸶 㹁㹌㸲 㹁㹌㸵 㹁㹌㸳 㹁㹌㸱
㸲㸷㹋㸰 㸲㸷㹋㸱 㹁㹌㸯 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸲 㸱 㸰 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯 㸵 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸳 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯
㸮㸬㸵㸿 㸮㸬㸵㸿 㹁㹌㸯㸲 㹁㹌㸰
㹒㹀㸱
㹓 㹔 㹕 㹓 㹔 㹕 㹐㸲 㹁
㹁 㹁 㹑㹎 㸲㸵 㸱㸲 㸰㸳 㸱㸵 㹑㸱 㹂
㹑㹌 㸲㸶 㸯㸵 㹑㸱 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㸲㸱 㸲㸱
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯 㹇㹋㸰㸫㸰 㸯 㸰 㹁㹃
㹓㸯 㹔㸯 㹕㸯 㸱㸯 㹒㹀㸰 㹁 㸲㸲 㸲㸲
㹖
㸰㸮㸿

㹁 㸮㸬㸰㹩㹕 㸦㹅㸧 㸱㸷㸮Ȑ 㹁㹋㸰 㸶㸶㹄㸯 㹂㸿

㸮㸬㸰㹩㹕 㹲㹭 㹖 㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖 㹂㸿
㹇㹋㸯 ࠉ㸷㸮㹩㹕 ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸮㸬㸴㸿 ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸮㸬㸴㸿 㸲㸵㸿 㹖㸳㸰 㸰㸳 㸶 㹖㸳㸰 㹁㹃 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㸲㸳
ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸵㸮㸿 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹁㹌㸵 㹑㸱 㸲㸳
㹄㹋 㸲㸶 㹐㹗
㹓㸰 㹕㸰 㹔㸰 ࠉ㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕 㸲㸴 㸲㸴
ࠉ㹑㹎 ࠉ㹐㹎 㹁㹋㸯 㸶 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㸰㸯㹖
㸰㸮㹕

ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸯㸷㸳㸿 㹁 㹂㸿
ࠉ㹑㹌
㸦㸩㸧ࠉ㹑㹌ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯 㸶㸶㹄㸰 㸰㸳 㹑
㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿 㸯㸳㸬㸴㹔㸿

㸦㸫㸧ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸱 㹑 㹑 㹉 㹂㸿
㹌㹍㹒㹃㹑㸸 㹎㹊㹁 㹃㹑㹖 㹁㹌㹆㹐
㸶 㹉 㹉
㸯㸬㹑㹇㹘㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒㹐㹇㹁㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹑㹓㹎㹎㹊㹇㹃㹂ࠉ㹀㹗ࠉ㹆㹇㹒㸿㹁㹆㹇ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹑㹎㹍㹌㹑㹇㹀㹇㹊㹇㹒㹗 㹎㸰㸲 㹐㹓㹌 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
ࠉࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹓㹑㹒㹍㹋㹃㹐㸬 㹄㹕 㸰 㸯
㸰㸬㹐㸿㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹐㹗ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㸿㹁㸯㸰㸮㹔ࠉ㸮㸬㸳㸿㸦㹋㸿㹖㸧 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸶
㸱㸬㹑㹇㹅㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹑ࠉ㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔 㹇㹌㹔 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹆
㸮 㹋㹍㹆㹐
㸲㸬㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹎㹐㹍㹒㹃㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸲㸴㸮㹔㸭㸱㸮㸮㸿㸦㸷㸮㸭㸯㸯㸮㹩㹕㸧ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㸬㹓㹊ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹂㹓㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹊㹃㹋㹃㹌㹒 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 㸿 㹒㹀㸰
ࠉࠉ㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㹈ࠉ㸴㸮㸮㹔ࠉ㹀㹐㸿㹌㹁㹆ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹄㹓㹑㹃㹑㸬 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹇
㹑㸱
㸱㸵
㹑㸰
㹑㸰
㹑㸰

㹊
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹔
㹐㸱㹂

㸳㸬㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹀㸮ࠉ㹑㹆㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀㹃ࠉ㸱㸳㸮㹋㹁㹋㸬 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹊 㹀
㸴㸬㹓㹑㹃ࠉ㹊㹇㹑㹒㹃㹂ࠉ㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐㹑ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹆ࠉ㸿㹑ࠉ㸿ࠉ㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹒㹗㹎㹃ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹀㸮㸭㹒㹀㹅㸭㹒㹀㸰㸭㹒㹀㸱㸬 㹁㹋㸰
㸵㸬㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹖㹇㹋㹓㹋ࠉ㸱ࠉ㹄㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹍㹌㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹓㹇㹒㸬 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸰 㹁㹃 㹁
㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃 㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃 㸦㹐㹓㹌㸧㸯㸯
㸿㹊㸰
㹇㹋㸯 㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹂㹑㸿 㹊㹇㹅㹆㹒㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㸿㹐㹐㹃㹑㹒㹃㹐 㸿㹊㸯 㸲㸷㹋㸰
㸦㹅㸧
㹁㹌㸱㸶
㹇㹋㸰㸫㸯㸪㸰 㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹐 㹐㹃㹑㹇㹑㹒㸿㹌㹁㹃 㸿㹊㸮
㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㸰ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒

㹇㹌㹔 㹇㹌㹔㹃㹐㹒㹃㹐 㹑㹕㸯㸪㸰 㹂㹇㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 㸶㸿

㸰 㸯 㹑㸱 㸱㸵 㹑㸱 㸱㸵 㹑㸰 㹐㸱 㹑㸰 㹐㸱 㹑㸰 㹐㸱㹂 㹑㸰 㹐㸱㹂
㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㹊㸿㹋㹎 㸲㸷㹋㸱
㹁㹆㹅 㹁㹌㸲㸮㹀 㹁㹌㸲㸮㸿 㹁㹌㸱㸱 㹁㹌㸱㸴
㸯㸲 㸶 㹁㹌㸲㸯㹀 㹁㹌㸲㸯㸿
㹑㹉 㹑㹓㹐㹅㹃ࠉ㸿㹀㹑㹍㹐㹀㹃㹐

4. Wiring Diagram 1 (DSP-90/110VW6N)

㸶㸶㹄㸯㸪㸰 㹃㹊㹁㹒㹐㹍㹋㸿㹅㹌㹃㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㸿㹁㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌 㸲㸴 㹐㹃㹔㹃㹐㹑㹃ࠉ㹎㹆㸿㹑㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸱 㸯 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰 㸯
㹑 㸶㸶㹄㸰 㸶㸶㹄㸯 㹖㸳㸰 㹑
㹄㹋 㹉 㹉
㸲㸷㹋㸰㸪㸱 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㸿㹊ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹄㸿㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐 㹁㹀㸯 㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒ࠉ㹀㹐㹃㸿㹉㹃㹐
㹎㹕㹀㸯 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㹁㹃 㹁㹃
㹎㹕㹀㸰 㹂㹇㹑㹎㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂 㹃㹑 㹃㹋㹃㹐㹅㹃㹌㹁㹗ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㸰㸮㹔㸯㹀 㸰㸮㹔㸯㸿 㸰㸮㹔㸰㹀 㸰㸮㹔㸰㸿 㸰㸮㹂㸯 㸰㸮㹂㸰
㹊㹁㹂 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹋㹍㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐
㸰㸮㹔㸯㸿㸭㹀 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂 㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹂㹃㹑㹁㹐㹇㹎㹒㹇㹍㹌 㸿㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌
㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸶㹔㸿 㸯㸶㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿 㸯㸳㹔㸿
㸰㸮㹔㸰㸿㸭㹀 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹕㸫㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹇㹎㹇 㹓㹑㹎 㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌
㹗㸯 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㸦㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㸿㹓㹒㹍ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎㸧 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
㹑㹕㹊 㹊㹃㹂 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹍㹌㹃㹌㹒㹑ࠉ㹒㹆㸿㹒ࠉ㸿㹐㹃
㹁㹌 㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹗㸰 㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㸿㹓㹒㹇㹍㹌 㹁 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃
㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐㸪㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ
㹂 㹃㹖㹒㹃㹐㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐
㹂㹑 㹎㹊㹓㹅ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊 㹎㸿㹁㹉㸿㹅㹃
㹗㸱 㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌
㸴㸱㹑㹔 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹄㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹒㹇㸿㹊ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆 㹁㹃 㹁㹍㹌㹌㹃㹁㹒㹍㹐
㹗㸳㸰 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹂㹇㸿㹅㹐㸿㹋ࠉ㸰
㹎㹑㸯 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹂㸯 㹂㹇㹍㹂㹃 㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊
㹎㹑㸰 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹒㹐 㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㸦㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑
㹗㸰㸮 㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 ࠉࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌㸧
㹒㹆㸰 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹑㹓㹁㹒㹇㹍㹌㸧 㸿㹔㹐 㸿㹓㹒㹍㹋㸿㹒㹇㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸿㹅㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹅㹓㹊㸿㹒㹍㹐

"This wiring diagram is for reference. Refer to the wiring diagram drawing in the control panel for the detail."
㹒㹆㸱 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸰㹌㹂ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌
㹐㹗㸰㸯㹖 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹗㸰㸯 㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㹁㹆㸿㹐㹅㹃
㹒㹀㸮 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 㸰㸮㹂㸯㸪㸰 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹂㹃㹌㹑㸿㹒㹃 㹗㸳㸰㸿 㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗 㹍㹌ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅
㹒㹀㸯㸫㸱 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹊㹍㹁㹉 㸰㸮㹓㹋 㹑㹍㹊㹃㹌㹍㹇㹂ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹍㹋㹐 㹍㹄㹄ࠉ㸿㹒ࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ㹑㹃㹁㹍㹌㹂㹑ࠉ㹊㸿㹒㹃㹐
㹁㹒 㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐 㸰㸮㸿 㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㸿㹇㹐 ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹄㹒㹃㹐ࠉ㹋㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎
㹃㹄㸯㸫㸷 㹄㹓㹑㹃 㸰㸮㹕 㹋㹍㹒㹍㹐㹇㹘㹃㹂ࠉ㹇㹑㹍㹊㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹔㸿㹊㹔㹃ࠉ㹄㹍㹐ࠉ㹕㸿㹒㹃㹐
㸲㸶 㹒㹇㹋㹃㹐ࠉ㸦㸱㹑㹃㹁㸧 㹃㹑㹖 㹐㹃㹊㸿㹗
 㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㸰ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒 㹒㹀㸱
㹁㹌 㹁 㹁
㹂㸿㸯 㹓㹑㹎

㸯
㹂㸿 㹂㸿㸯 㹂㸿㸯
㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃ࠉ㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎

㸰
㹁 㹓㹑㹎 㹂㸿
㹒㹆㸲 㹒㹆㸳 㸱㸰 㸳㸮㸮㹫㹱ࠉ㹍㹐ࠉ㹋㹍㹐㹃

㸱
㹐 㹑 㹒 㹊㹃㹂 㸱㸰 㹍㹌㹃㸫㹑㹆㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒

㸲
㹎㹑㸲
㸱㸱 㸱㸱
㸦㹐 㸧 㸦 㹕㸧 㸦㹀㸧 㹁
㸯 㸰 㸱 㸲 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸲 㸯 㸰 㸯 㸰

㹁㹌㸯㸯 㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊 㹐㹓㹌㹌㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹋㹍㹂㹃

㹀㹒 㹎㹑㸱ࠉ㹁㹌㸯 㹎㹑㸲ࠉ㹁㹌㸰 㹒㹆㸲ࠉ㹁㹌㸱 㹒㹆㸳ࠉ㹁㹌㸲
㸯
ͤ㹑㹆㹍㹐㹒ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㸰 㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃
㹎㹍㹕㹃㹐 㹂 㹓㹐 㹇㹌 㹅ࠉ 㹊㹃㸿 㹂㸫 㹊㸿 㹅ࠉ 㹍㹎㹃 㹐㸿 㹒㹇 㹍㹌 㸪
㹒㹀㹅 㹒㹀㸮 㸿 㹓㹒㹍 㸿㹊㸿㹐㹋

㹂㹁ࠉ㹅㹌㹂㸦㹂㸿㸧

㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸦㹁㸧
㹐 㹑 㹒 㹒㸿㹀㸯 㹊㹍 㸿㹂 㹐 㹃㹋 㹍㹔 㹃ࠉ 㹒㹕㹍 ࠉ㹑 㹆㹍 㹐㹒 ࠉ㹁㹇 㹐㹁 㹓㹇 㹒ࠉ 㹕㹇㹐 㹃㹑 ࠉ
㹙™㸯㸮㹦㹛 㸿㹓㹒㹍
㹋㹍 㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐
㹄㹓㹌㹁 㹑㹆㹓㹒㹂㹍㹕㹌 ࠉ㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㹄 㹐㹍 㹋ࠉ 㹃㹇 㹒㹆㹃 㹐ࠉ 㹍㹄 ࠉ㹒 㹆㹃ࠉ 㹒㹕 㹍ࠉ 㹓㹌 㹇㹒㹑 㸬
㹐㸯 㹑㸯 㹒㸯 㹒㸿㹀㸰 㹐㹃㹑㹃㹒
㹋㹃㹌 㹓
㹊㹁㹂 㹑㹃㹊㹃㹁㹒
㹐㹃㹋㹍㹒㹃 ࠉ㸭㹕㹇㹂㹃 㹂㹐㹗㹃㹐 㹑㹒㸿㹐㹒 㹑㹒㹍㹎 㹒㹀㸱 㹒㹀㸱
㹁㹌㸵 㸩㸭㸫
㹓㹎㸭 㸦㹋㸿㹑㹒㹃㹐㸧 㸦㹑㹊㸿㹔㹃㸧
㸦 㹅㸧 㹎㹍㹕㹃㹐 㹂㹍㹕 㹌 㹑㹒㹐 㸯 㸰 㹁 㹁
㸯 㹂㸿 㹂㸿
㸦㹉㸧
㸰 㹑㹃㹒 㹂㸯 㹂㸯
㸦㹊㸧 㸯 㸷 㸯 㸯㸱
㹁㹌㸯㸮 㹁㹌㸷 㹁㹌㸶 㹎㹕㹀㸰 㹂㸰 㹂㸰
㹁㹒 㹁㹌㸯 㹁㹌㸰
㸱 㸰 㸯 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸳
㹂㸱 㹂㸱
㹂㸲 㹂㸲
㹃㹄㸯 㹂㸳 㹂㸳
㸰㸲㹔
㹂㸴 㹂㸴
㹃㹄㸰 㹐㹑㸩
㹐㹑㸲㸶㸳㸦㸩㸧
㸰㸲㹃 㹐㹑㸫
㹐㹑㸲㸶㸳㸦㸫㸧
㹕㹇 㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ 㹀㹃㹒㹕 㹃㹃㹌ࠉ㹃 㸿㹁㹆ࠉ㹓 㹌㹇㹒ࠉ
㹑㹆 㸿㹊㹊ࠉ㹀 㹃ࠉ㹑㹆 㹇㹃㹊㹂ࠉ 㹁㸿㹀㹊㹃 㸬

㹃㹄㸱 㸦㸩㸧 㹁

㹃㹄㸲 㹁㹊㸿㹑㹑ࠉ㸰ࠉ㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹁㹇㹐㹁㹓㹇㹒
㸦㸫㸧 㹂㸿
㹂㸯 㹂㸰 㹂㸱 㹂㸲 㹂㸳 㹂㸴

㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸲 㸯 㸷 㸯 㸯㸱 㸯 㸳 㸯 㸰 㸱 㸲 㸳 㸴 㸵 㸶
㹁㹌㸯㸶 㹁㹌㸯㸵 㹁㹌㸰㸳 㹁㹌㸯㸷 㹁㹌㸰㸮 㹁㹌㸰㸱 㹁㹌㸰㸯
㸲㸶㸳㹂㹎 㸲㸶㸳㹃㹖 㸲㸶㸳㹄㹁 㹍㹎㹃㸰 㹍㹎㹃㸯 㹂㹓㸿㹊

5. Wiring Diagram 2 (DSP-90/110N)

㹎㹕㹀㸯 㹎㹇㹂ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㸦㸮㸫㸳㹔㸧
㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㸦㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸧
㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹇㹌㹎㹓㹒㸦㹂㹁㸰㸲㹔㸧
㹍㹎㹃㹐㸿㹒㹇㹍㹌ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㸦㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸧
㹊㹍㸿㹂㸭㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㹎㹓㹒㸦㹒㹐ࠉ㹍㹓㹒㸧

㹑㹗㹋㹀㹍㹊 㹎㸿㹐㹒㹑ࠉ㹌㸿㹋㹃
ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸯 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂
ࠉ㹎㹕㹀㸰 㹂㹇㹑㹎㹊㸿㹗ࠉ㹎㹁ࠉ㹀㹍㸿㹐㹂 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐㹃㹌㹁㹃㸸
ࠉ㹊㹁㹂 㹊㹁㹂ࠉ㹋㹍㹌㹇㹒㹍㹐 㹁 㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹇㹌㹑㹇㹂㹃ࠉ㹍㹄ࠉ㹒㹆㹃
ࠉ㹎㹑㸲 㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹓㹐㹃ࠉ㹑㹃㹌㹑㹍㹐㸦㹍㹇㹊㸧 㸿㹇㹐ࠉ㹁㹍㹋㹎㹐㹃㹑㹑㹍㹐㸪㹀㹓㹒ࠉ㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㹇㹌ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ
ࠉ㹒㹆㸲 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㸯㹑㹒ࠉ㹂㹇㹑㸬㸧 㹁㹍㹌㹒㹐㹍㹊ࠉ㹎㸿㹌㹃㹊
ࠉ㹒㹆㸳 㹒㹆㹃㹐㹋㹇㹑㹒㹍㹐㸦㹍㹇㹊㸧

"This wiring diagram is for reference. Refer to the wiring diagram drawing in the control panel for the detail."
㹒㹀㸮 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹐㹍㹁㹉
㹐㹃㹄㹃㹐ࠉ㹒㹍ࠉ㹒㹆㹃ࠉ㹕㹇㹐㹇㹌㹅ࠉ㹂㹇㸿㹅㹐㸿㹋ࠉ㸯
㹒㹀㸰㸪㸱 㹒㹃㹐㹋㹇㹌㸿㹊ࠉ㹀㹐㹍㹁㹉
ࠉ㹁㹒 㹁㹓㹐㹐㹃㹌㹒ࠉ㹒㹐㸿㹌㹑㹄㹍㹐㹋㹃㹐
㹓㹑㹎 㹓㹌㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㹑㹒㹍㹎ࠉ㹑㹕㹇㹒㹁㹆
㹀㹒 㹀㸿㹒㹒㹃㹐㹗

59
7. WIRING [Wiring Diagram]
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS
8.1 Standard Components
⑴ Airend ⑷ Intercooler
A rotor assembly rotates while the timing gear keeps Air-Cooled
a precise clearance between the male and female The air-cooled intercooler is made of aluminum. The
rotors. This non-contacting, high speed rotation of intake air is compressed up to 29 psi (0.20 MPa) (and
the rotor assemblies compresses the intake air. consequently heated) by the 1st stage airend. The
There is no oil injected into the rotor assemblies intercooler cools the heated air to an atmospheric
during the compression process, allowing the air temperature + approx. 27°F (15℃) and separates the
compressor to discharge oil free compressed air. water vapor from the discharge air before the air
⑴ Rotors: The surfaces of the rotors are finished enters the 2nd stage airend in the process.
with a special heat-resistant PTFE-free
Water-Cooled
coating designed to precisely limit the
The water-cooled intercooler is shell and tube type.
clearances between the male and female
The intake air is compressed up to 29 psi (0.20
rotors and prevent rust.
MPa) (and consequently heated) by the 1st stage
⑵ Bearing: The heavier male rotors are supported
airend. The intercooler cools the heated air to
by bearings that are larger in diameter,
cooling water temperature + approx. 27∼36°F (15
thus increasing service life.
∼20℃) and separates the water vapor from the
⑶ Case: The jackets for oil (air-cooled model) or
discharge air before the air enters the 2nd stage
for cooling water (water-cooled model) are
airend in the process.
provided on the case to absorb the heat of
compression. ⑸ Hi-Precooler Air-Cooled
⑷ Timing gears: A pair of precision finished timing The air-cooled Hi-precooler is located between the
gears is mounted on the ends of the rotor 2nd stage airend and the intercooler, and has the
shafts to keep a precise clearance between the following functions:
rotors and prevent contact during rotation. -Primarily cool the hot compressed air discharged
⑸ Shaft seal: The sealing mechanism consists of by the airend.
both 1.) Air seals and 2.) Visco-type seals.
Air seals prevent the compressed air from
⑹ Aftercooler
Air-Cooled
leaking out of the compression chamber.
Visco-type seals prevent the oil in the gear The air-cooled aftercooler is made of aluminum. It is
case from entering the compression chamber. located downstream of the check valve and reduces
the discharge air temperature down to an atmospheric
⑵ Compressor Drive Train temperature +27° F (15℃) or lower and separates the
The air compressor employs a high efficient, 2-pole water vapor from the discharge air in the process.
for fixed speed type or 6-pole for Vtype, totally
Water-Cooled
enclosed, fan cooled (TEFC) motor. The rotation
The water-cooled intercooler is shell and tube type. It
speed of both the 1st and 2nd stage airends are
is located downstream of the check valve and reduces
increased to a properly rated level by a set of step-up
the discharge air temperature down to cooling water
gears in the gear case.
temperature + 23° F (13℃) and separates the water
⑶ Capacity Control System vapor from the discharge air in the process.
[Fixed-speed type]
When the demand of compressed air decreases, the
⑹ Check valve
The check valve is located downstream of the 2nd stage
system closes the suction throttle valve and
airend and prevents backflow of the discharge air.
exhausts the internal compressed air to atmosphere
at the same time, thus unloading the air compressor. ⑺ Lubricating system
The lubricating subsystem consists of the oil pump,
When demand of the compressed air decreases, the oil strainer, oil filter, oil cooler and oil relief valve.
system reduces the motor speed. And When The oil pump circulates the oil in the gear case oil
demand of the compressed air decreases more, sump through the lubrication subsystem, keeping
purges the compressed air to atmosphere. the bearings, gears, etc. lubricated.

60
 8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]

8.2 Air/Oil/ Water Flow

⑻ Air intake filter Compressed Air Flow
The air intake filter is a dry type for easy cleaning or
Intake air is compressed and heated by the 1st stage
replacement.
airend and pressure builds up to approximately 29 psi
⑼ Fan (0.20MPa) The heated air is cooled down by the
Air-Cooled intercooler and then further compressed and heated by
The low noise cooling fan cools the cooler, exhausts the 2nd stage airend as pressure builds up to the rated
the hot air within the enclosure, and exhausts the pressure level of the air compressor. The reheated air
inter nal compressed air that is released to flows through the check valve to the aftercooler, where
atmosphere during the unloading (purging) process. the compressed air is cooled down and then discharged
to the plant compressed air piping.
Water-Cooled
The small cooling fan cools the inside of the
package, and exhausts the internal compressed air Oil Flow
that is released to atmosphere during the
The oil sump is located in the bottom of the gear case.
unloading (purging) process.
Oil is sucked through an oil strainer (oil strainer has a
※ The indication in the ( ) is for Vtype.
100-mesh filter screen) by the oil pump and is
⑽ Control panel hydraulically fed to the oil cooler where it is cooled.
The control panel employs a printed circuit board During the cooling process, oil flows through the high-
on which a microprocessor is mounted to achieve precision oil filter and is then injected onto the bearings
easy operation. The air compressor can be operated of the 1st and 2nd stage airends as well as the stepup
remotely. gears. Oil returns to the oil sump, where it continues
to circulate through the system.
⑾ Enclosure
The enclosures are attached with the sound
absorbing materials. The front and left enclosure Air-Cooled
panel includes a door that enables easy maintenance.
Cooling Air Flow
The cooling fan removes the heat from the air-cooled,
oil cooler, intercooler, aftercooler and Hi-precooler, and
this heat exchanged air is exhausted through the air
exhaust grill on the top of the enclosure.

Water-Cooled

Cooling Water Flow

Incoming water cools the intercooler, the water jackets
of the airends, the aftercooler and the oil cooler. Refer
to “Cooling Water Flow Diagram” for the detail of
cooling water flow ( see the flow diagram from next
page).

61
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]

Flow Diagram (Fixed speed type) Air-Cooled

Exhaust Exhaust
53 52 51

54 21
Suction

39 22 41
24
63SV
23 37
PS4
4 Control air
TH4 MOHR

1 Air Intake
32 for Motor

2
35
TH5 5 Air Intake
TH3
for coolers

38 34

3 36 40
31
33
8

PS1
TH2
7 PS2
10 15
14
M
14 Discharge
13 16
11
12 13 16 6 9

Air Intake for coolers

Legend of the Diagram Legend of Sensors and Switches

Compressor Air Flow Oil Flow Symbol Part Name
1 1st-Stage Air-End 31 Oil Strainer PS2 Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
2 2nd-Stage Air-end 32 Oil Pump PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
3 Gear Case 33 Oil Relief Valve PS1 Pressure Sensor (interstage pressure)
4 Stepup Gear 34 Oil Filter TH2 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage in)
5 Main Motor 35 Oil Cooler TH4 Temperature Sensor (1st-stage out)
6 Intercooler 36 Temperature Control Valve TH3 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage out)
7 Check Valve 37 Oil Mist Venting Pipe TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil)
8 Hi-Precooler 38 Oil Drain Valve (1) MOHR Thermostat (for main motor bearing)
9 Aftercooler 39 Oil Drain Valve (2） Pressure Differential Sensor
63SV
10 Air Relief Valve 40 Oil Drain Valve (3） (For suction Filter clogging detection)
11 Discharge port 41 Oil Mist Remover
12 Check Valve
13 Drain Solenoid Cooling Air Flow and Enclosure
14 Orifice 51 Cooling Fan (1)
15 Motorized Isolation Valve 52 Cooling Fan (2)
16 Y-type Strainer 53 Enclosure
54 Air Intake Duct
Capacity Control & Blowoff Air Flow
21 Air Intake Filter
22 Suction Throttle Valve
23 Blowoff Valve
24 Blowoff Silencer

62
 8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]

Flow Diagram Air-Cooled

Exhaust Exhaust
53 52 51

54 21
Suction
23
22
39 41
24
22 24
63SV
PS4 23
4 37 Control air
TH4 MOHR

1 Air Intake
32 for Motor

2
35
TH5 5 Air Intake
TH3
for coolers

38 34

3 36 40
31
33
8

PS1
TH2
7 PS2
10 15
14
M
Discharge

13 16 11
12 14 13 16 6 9

Air Intake for coolers

Legend of the Diagram Legend of Sensors and Switches

Compressor Air Flow Oil Flow Symbol Part Name
1 1st-Stage Air-End 31 Oil Strainer PS2 Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
2 2nd-Stage Air-end 32 Oil Pump PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
3 Gear Case 33 Oil Relief Valve PS1 Pressure Sensor (interstage pressure)
4 Stepup Gear 34 Oil Filter TH2 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage in)
5 Main Motor 35 Oil Cooler TH4 Temperature Sensor (1st-stage out)
6 Intercooler 36 Temperature Control Valve TH3 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage out)
7 Check Valve 37 Oil Mist Venting Pipe TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil)
8 Hi-Precooler 38 Oil Drain Valve（1） MOHR Thermostat (for main motor bearing)
9 Aftercooler 39 Oil Drain Valve（2） Pressure Differential Sensor
63SV
10 Air Relief Valve 40 Oil Drain Valve（3） (For suction Filter clogging detection)
11 Discharge port 41 Oil Mist Remover
12 Check Valve
13 Drain Solenoid Cooling Air Flow and Enclosure
14 Orifice 51 Cooling Fan（1）
15 Motorized Isolation Valve 52 Cooling Fan（2）
16 Y-type Strainer 53 Enclosure
54 Air Intake Duct
Capacity Control & Blowoff Air Flow
21 Air Intake Filter
22 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1)
23 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (2)
24 Blowoff Silencer

63
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]

Flow Diagram (Fixed speed type) Water-Cooled

Compressed Air Flow and Oil Flow Legend of the Diagram

Exhaust 51 Compressor Air Flow
1 1st-Stage Air-End
2 2nd-Stage Air-End
3 Gear Case
4 Stepup Gear
16 5 Main Motor
PS2 7
10 9 24 6 Intercooler
8
M 7 Check Valve
Discharge 8 Aftercooler
13 15
9 Air Relief Valve
22 21 Suction
10 Discharge port
14 53 39
PS2 63SV 37 11 Check Valve
PS4 23 Control air
13 Orifice
4 14 Drain Solenoid
TH3 MOHR
5
1 32 15 Y-Strainer
Air intake 16 Motorized Isolation Valve
for motor
2

3 Capacity Control & Blowoff Air Flow

TH5 35 21 Air Intake Filter
38
33 22 Suction Throttle Valve
52 23 Blowoff Valve
34 24 Blowoff Silencer
PS1 31
36
TH4
TH2 6 Oil Flow
31 Oil Strainer
13 32 Oil Pump
33 Oil Relief Valve
34 Oil Cooler
35 Oil Filter
14 15 11
36 Temperature Control Valve
37 Gear Case Vent Pipe
Cooling Water Flow
38 Oil Drain Valve
39 Oil Mist Remover

Cooling Air Flow and Enclosure

Aftercooler 51 Fan
PS2 52 Enclosure
53 Air Intake Duct
M
Discharge

Suction

Cooling Water Out Legend of Sensors and Switches

Symbol Description
PS2 Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
1st-Stage
Air-End PS1 Pressure Sensor (interstage pressure)
TH2 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage in)
TH4 Temperature Sensor (1st-stage out)
TH3 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage out)
2nd-Stage
TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil)
Air-End MOHR Thermostat (for main motor bearing)
Pressure Differential Sensor
63SV
(For suction Filter clogging detection)

Motorized Water
Isolation Valve

M Cooling Water In

Intercooler Drain Valve

64
 8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Air/Oil/Water Flow]

Flow Diagram Water-Cooled

Compressed Air Flow and Oil Flow Legend of the Diagram

Exhaust 51 Compressor Air Flow
23 1 1st-Stage Air-End
22 2 2nd-Stage Air-End
24 3 Gear Case
22 24 4 Stepup Gear
23
5 Main Motor
16 PS2
7
9 6 Intercooler
10 8
M 7 Check Valve
Discharge 8 Aftercooler
13
9 Air Relief Valve
21 Suction
10 Discharge port
14 15 39
63SV 37 53 11 Check Valve
PS4 Control air
13 Orifice
4 14 Drain Solenoid
TH3 MOHR
5
1 15 Y-Strainer
32
Air Intake 16 Motorized Isolation Valve
for Motor
2
Capacity Control & Blowoff Air Flow
3 TH5 35 21 Air Intake Filter
38
22 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1)
33
52 23 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (2)
34 24 Blowoff Silencer
PS1 31
36
TH4 TH2 6 Oil Flow
31 Oil Strainer
13 32 Oil Pump
33 Oil Relief Valve
34 Oil Cooler
35 Oil Filter
14 16 11
36 Temperature Control Valve
37 Gear Case Vent Pipe
Cooling Water Flow
38 Oil Drain Valve
39 Oil Mist Remover

Cooling Air Flow and Enclosure

Aftercooler 51 Fan
PS2 52 Enclosure
53 Air Intake Duct
M
Discharge

Suction

Cooling Water Out Legend of Sensors and Switches

Symbol Description
PS2 Pressure Sensor (discharge air pressure)
PS4 Pressure Sensor (oil pressure)
1st-Stage
Air-End PS1 Pressure Sensor (interstage pressure)
TH2 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage in)
TH4 Temperature Sensor (1st-stage out)
TH3 Temperature Sensor (2nd-stage out)
2nd-Stage
TH5 Temperature Sensor (oil)
Air-End MOHR Thermostat (for main motor bearing)
Pressure Differential Sensor
63SV
(For suction Filter clogging detection)

Motorized Water
Isolation Valve

M Cooling Water In

Intercooler Drain Valve

65
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Cooling Water]

8.3 Cooling Water Water-Cooled a) The cooling water pipe could freeze and burst in
cold temperatures.
1. Cooling Water Quality b) The airend case can be overcooled and develop
If a cooling tower (open-type circulatory cooling water moisture internally; thus leading to scaling in the
system) supplies the cooling water to the Air cooling water jackets.
compressor, problems such as corrosion, scale, and
② Clean the cooling water subsystem (cooling water
slime may be caused by:
jackets of the first- and second-stage airends,
(1) higher mineral content due to concentration,
intercooler, aftercooler, and oil cooler) periodically.
(2) contamination by foreign matter like insects, and/or
(3) production of algae or bacterium. Using the best 2. Control of Cooling Water
quality cooling water is highly recommended. The service life of the cooling water system depends on
(4) Refer to the table “Cooling Water Quality” below for water quality. If the cooling water quality is not within
the open type circulatory system. specification, the cooler pipes can corrode or scaling can
① Stop the cooling water flow, when the air compressor occur. To avoid the problem, periodically sample the
has stopped. Open the petcock and the water drain cooling water used and subject it to a quality inspection.
valve to drain the cooling water (see Figure 1 below). 3. Quantity and Pressure of Cooling Water
Failure to perform step 1, can lead to the following: Refer to the table “Quantity and Pressure of Cooling
Water” below.
Water Relief Pet Cock

CAUTION
Performance of the coolers varies depending
on the extent of throttling the stop valves at
the cooling water inlet and outlet.
To control the cooling water flow rate, throttle
Water Drain Valve the stop valve at the outlet and leave the stop
valve at the inlet opened completely.
■ Cooling Water Quality
Problem
No Item Make-up Water System Water Used
Corrosion Scale
1 pH [at 77°F(25℃）] 6.0 to 8.0 6.5 to 8.0 ○ ○
2 Electrical Conductance [at 77°F(25℃）] (ms/m) less than 30 less than 80 ○ ○
3 Chloride Ion Clー (mgClー/ liter) less than 50 less than 200 ○ −
4 Sulfuric Acid Ion SO42ー (mgSO42ー /ℓ) less than 50 less than 200 ○ −
5 Acid Consumption [at pH 4.8] (mgCaCO3 /ℓ) less than 50 less than 100 − ○
6 Total Hardness (mgCaCO3 /ℓ) less than 70 less than 200 − ○
7 Calcium Hardness (mgCaCO3 /ℓ) less than 50 less than 150 − ○
8 Ferrous Substance (mgFe/ℓ) less than 0.3 less than 1.0 ○ ○
9 Sulphur Ion S2ー (mgS2ー /ℓ) Not detected Not detected ○ −
10 Ammonium Ion NH4 (mgNH4+ /ℓ) less than 0.1 less than 1.0 ○ −
11 Ionizing Silica SiO2 (mgSiO2 / liter) less than 30 less than 50 − ○
12 Isolated Carbonic Acid CO2 (mgCO2 /ℓ) less than 4 less than 4 ○ −
13 Nitric Acid Ion NO3ー (mgNO3 ー /ℓ) less than 0.5 less than 0.5 ○ −
14 Organic Substance (KMnO4 Consumption) (mg/ℓ) less than 10 less than 10 ○ ○
15 Turbidity (mg/ℓ) less than 10 less than 10 ○ ○
Notes: 1. System Water is the one that passes through a heat exchanger of circulatory or qnon-circulatory system.
Make-up Water is the one that is supplied to a cooling tower.
2. Above No. 1, 2, 4, 5, 7∼12 are based on the standard: JRA-GL-02-1994.JRA: (Japan Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Industry Association)
3. The above criteria does NOT give any assurance of trouble-free or problem-free conditions due to other and time-depending factors but the minimum
requirement.

■ Quantity and Pressure of Cooling Water

Model DSP-90W6N DSP-110W6N
Item DSP-90VW6N DSP-110VW6N
Max. inlet temp. °F (℃) 95 (35)
Total flow rate gpm (liter/min) 42 (160) 48 (180)
Min. pressure differential (between inlet and outlet) psi (MPa) 22 (0.15)
Temp. differential (between inlet and outlet) °F (℃) 16 (9)
Required water pressure psi (MPa) 22 - 71 (0.15 - 0.49)

66
 8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4 Capacity Control System

8.4.1 Load-Unload Operation (Only for Fixed Speed Type)
The unloading process occurs when the compressed air airend while the blowoff valve opens and exhausts the
demand decreases and the discharge pressure rises as internal compressed air to atmosphere.
high as cut-out pressure. The pressure sensor (PS) The loading process occurs when the compressed air
detects the high pressure and energizes the 3-way solenoid demand increases and the discharge pressure dropped as
valve (20Ux), changing its port to port connection. The low as cut-in pressure. The pressure sensor (PS) detects
control air is now flowing to and pressurizing chamber the low pressure and 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux), suction
(A) of the suction throttle valve (STV), consequently throttle valve (STV), and blowoff valve work in reverse
closing the suction throttle valve (STV) and unloading the action and the airend reloads.

STARTING UNLOADING RELOADING STOPPING

Suction throttle valve (STV) closed Air demand decreases Air demand increases STOP button ON

START button ON Discharge pipe pressure rises Discharge pipe pressure drops 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux)
switched over to pressurize
Airend starts rotation to Pressure sensor (PS) operates Pressure sensor (PS) operates Chamber (A)
compress minor amounts of air
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) Suction throttle valve
Starts in no load switched over to pressurize switched over to pressurize (STV) closes
Chamber (A) Chamber (B)
Changes to full voltage delta connection Blowoff valve opens
Suction throttle valve Suction throttle valve
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) (STV) closes (STV) opens
switched over to connect Internal air in discharge pipe
Chamber (A) & Chamber (C) Blowoff valve opens Blowoff valve closes is exhausted to atmosphere

Suction throttle valve (STV) opens Internal air in discharge pipe is Loading Compressor stops
exhausted to atmosphere
Loading
3-Way Solenoid
Valve (4) 3-Way Solenoid
20U4 Valve (1) 20U1
To Chamber (B) Control Air Flow
COM
Vacuum Valve
NO Starting/Stopping
To Chamber (A)
3-Way Solenoid NC
Blowoff Valve (20US)
Loading
Valve 20US Unloading
NO
COM
NC COM

To the NO NC
Chamber (B) Chamber (A) Atmosphere For 20 seconds
Chamber COM
(C) COM
after starting with a
star-delta starter.
NC NC
NO NO
Suction Throttle Valve 20U3
3-Way Solenoid
20U2
Valve (3) 3-Way Solenoid
Valve (2)

NC-COM connected for

5 seconds after reactor
is changed over to a
fullvoltage connection.
1st-Stage
Air End
Control Line Filter

Intercooler

Check Valve Pressure Sensor

PS
Check Valve Aftercooler

2nd-Stage
Air End
Compressed Air Discharge

67
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4.2 AUTO Operation (Only for Fixed Speed Type)

AUTO operation is Auto start - stop function in addition When the load ratio is less than 30%. CPU stop the main
to a standard on-off line, 0% or 100% capacity 2-step motor. And automatically restar t when the line
control. The CPU on the PC board is continually pressure is dropped to cut-in pressure.
calculating a load ratio.

STARTING UNLOADING RELOADING STOPPING

Suction throttle valve (STV) closed Air demand decreases Air demand increases STOP button ON

START button ON Discharge pipe pressure rises Discharge pipe pressure drops 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux)
switched over to pressurize Load-Unload Operation
Chamber (A)
Airend starts rotation to Pressure sensor (PS) operates Pressure sensor (PS) operates
compress minor amounts of air
Suction throttle valve
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) 3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) (STV) closes
Starts in no load switched over to pressurize switched over to pressurize
Chamber (A) Chamber (B)
Changes to full voltage Blowoff valve opens
delta connection Suction throttle valve Suction throttle valve
(STV) closes (STV) opens Internal air in discharge
3-way solenoid valve (20Ux) pipe is exhausted to
switched over to connect atmosphere
Chamber (A) & Chamber (C) Blowoffvalve opens Blowoff valve closes

Suction throttle valve (STV) opens Compressor stops

Internal air in discharge Loading
pipe is exhausted to
Loading atmosphere

How long has Less than 15 minutes

motor been
running ?
15 minutes or more

30% or more
Load ratio ?

Less than 30%

Has motor stopped and YES

restarted 3 times or more for
150 minutes ? I f 1 2 0 m i n u t e s o r m o re h a s
passed after the third stop, the
NO motor will continue to operate
for a minimum of 30 minutes
after restart of the air compres-
sor, and then return to the initial
150 minute cycle.

Motor stops automatically

AUTO Operation

What is the plant How long has

compressed air piping motor been
Less pressure ? 10 seconds stopped ?
than or more
specified Less than
10 seconds

More than specified STV: Suction Throttle Valve

20Ux: 3-Way Solenoid Valve

68
 8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4.3 Typical Change of Pressure

⑴ Offline-or-Online, 0%-or-100%-Capacity, 2-Step Control (Only for Fixed Speed Type)
Starting and
Pressure Loading Unloading Loading
Raising

100

85
Pressure

Air Receiver Pressure

psi
Air End Outlet Pressure

15

Time

⑵ AUTO Operation
（1）Stop Delay （2）Stop Delay （3）Start Delay ⑴ Stop Delay Time-Requires 15 seconds
(10 minutes) (30% load) (15 seconds) of motor operation to sufficiently cool
Starting
and Repeated Automatic Automatic down the motor.
Pressure Loading Loading/Unloading Motor Stop Motor Restart
Raising If the third stop is done after 70
minutes or more has passed after
Air Receiver Pressure Indications on LCD
100 the first stop, the motor continues
to operate for 20 minutes after
restart of the air compressor, and
85
then return to the initial cycle.
Pressure

⑵ Stop Delay Time – The air compressor

is continually calculating a load ratio.
psi
Air discharge pressure If the load ratio is 30% and the motor
after aftercooler
has stopped/restarted maximum 3
times for the past 90 minutes, then
the motor stops.
15

⑶ Stop Delay Time – Requires 10 seconds

Time to completely exhaust inter nal
compressed air and prepare to restart.
⑶ ECOMODE Operation
Power Save Operation
load/unload cycling interval
（standard 30 seconds）
Starting
and
Pressure Loading Unloading Loading Unloading
Raising Loading Unloading Loading Unloading

100

＊ 90（minimum）
85 (Note)
Pressure

Air Receiver ECOMODE setting

Pressure Target pressure: 90 psi (0.62 MPa)
Toad/unload cycling interval: 30 sec
Air discharge pressure
psi after aftercooler
The pressure with asterisk may vary
depending on the air receiver’s capacity
and the amount of air consumption.
15

Time

69
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4.4 Capacity Control System V-type

Air Purging Air Flow and Action of Blowoff Solenoid Valve

intake Operation phase
Blowoff solenoid Blowoff solenoid
valve (1) valve (2)
1st-stage
Air intake filter Blowoff solenoid valve (2) Starting Fully opened Fully closed
Loading Fully closed Fully closed
Purging Fully opened Fully closed
1st-stage
Blowoff solenoid valve (1) Stop Fully opened Fully opened
Power Interruption Fully closed Fully opened
2nd-stage
1st-stage Blowoff solenoid valve (1)
airend

2nd-stage
Blowoff
Blowoff solenoid valve (2)
silencer

Intercooler

Pressure
sensor

PS2
2nd-stage
airend Aftercooler
Air
discharge
Check valve

8.4.5 Relationship between Air Consumption Rate and Capacity Control System
※ Figure in[ ]are for 125 psi(0.86 MPa) models.
Air Operating frequency (Hz) Pressure settings psi [MPa]
SW3
consumption Capacity control system
Lower settings
(%) 90kW 110kW Setting items Factory example
AUTO ON
60 to 35 60 to 37 ① Control （VSDA）
100 to 45 125 [0.86] 100 [0.69] or
〔52 to 35〕〔51 to 37〕 CPCS Motor speed control pressure AUTO OFF
（VSDB）
Cut-out AUTO ON
128 [0.88] 104 [0.72]
② pressure （VSDA）
45 to 5 25 or
Two-step purge control Cut-in AUTO OFF
123 [0.85] 85 [0.59]
pressure （VSDB）

③ Cut-in AUTO ON
5 to 0 Motor stopped 123 [0.85] 85 [0.59]
Motor stop/restart control pressure （VSDA）

The air compressor supports the three (3) capacity control systems as shown above.
Depending on the varying air consumption, an appropriate system is automatically selected. For more information, see
the following page. Operation frequency is shown by Digital monitor. LCD monitor displays up to first figure after
decimal place.

IMPORTANT

To change the pressure setting and the capacity control

type, 2.4.2 and 3.4.3.

70
 8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

① CPCS Motor Speed Control

Based on the pressure signals detected by the pressure IMPORTANT
sensor, the built in circuit board’s CPU performs PID
PID stands for Proportional, Integral, and Differential.
operations or calculates the motor speed that meets the
CPCS stands for Constant Pressure Control System.
compressed air consumption rate, and then inputs the
calculated results to the inverter. The inverter outputs
the instructions of the corresponding frequency to the
motor. The discharge pressure is controlled within a
targeted range due to the increasing and decreasing
speeds of the motor.
CPCS Motor Speed Control by Inverter and CPU

Compressed Constant Pressure

Pressure P: proportional Inverter Motor DSP Air of the Discharge Air

I: integral
Pressure Sensor

D: differential

② Two-Step Purge Control

Two-Step Purge Control is activated if the following
conditions occur at the same time:
IMPORTANT
・The operating frequency drops to 35 Hz (equivalent
to 45% of the air consumption). The differential range between the upper pressure point
・The pressure detected by the pressure sensor rises and the lower pressure point must be 7 psi (0.05 MPa) or
more.
to an upper (purge-start) pressure point.
The blowoff solenoid valve (1) operates to start purging
the compressed air (contained between the airend and
the check valve) to atmosphere. The system decreases Pressure
① ② ①
the operating frequency to its lowest operating
frequency, 27 Hz, thus saving power. When the Upper Pressure
Minimum
pressure detected by the pressure sensor drops to a Standard Pressure
7psi
Minimum
cut-in (purge-stop) pressure, the system increases the 1psi
Lower Pressure
frequency to 35 Hz and the blowoff solenoid valve (1)
operates to stop the purging, returning the system Time

control back to CPCS Motor Speed Control.

Q＞45% Q≦45%
③ Motor Stop/Restart Control or
Hz＞35
or
Hz≦35
Operation Frequency Hz
Motor Stop/Restart Control is activated under one of the （Q≦45%）

following conditions:
Q＞5% Q≦5%
・Air consumption decreases to 4 % or
T＜3 minutes Air Consumption Q
or
T≧3 minutes
or
・Purge operating continues for 3 minutes. Purging Time T
The system then automatically stops the motor. For Number of
N＞1
Motor Stopping N
protection, the motor can only be stopped once every 10 (for 10 minutes)
operating minutes. When the pressure detected by the N≦1
① ② ③
pressure sensor drops to a cut-out (purge-stop) pressure,
CPCS Motor Two-Step Purge Motor Stop/Restart
the system automatically restarts the motor, returning Speed Control Start/Stop Control Control
the system control to CPCS Motor Speed Control.

IMPORTANT
Air Consumption

100
①
Q (%)

(1) Once the motor has stopped, it cannot restart for 15 ② ② ②

seconds.
(2) The plant’s system pressure may drop drastically before the 0
③ ③ Time
motor will restart, 15 seconds later. To avoid such problems,
install an air receiver tank of 620 USgal (2.26 m3) or larger.

71
8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Capacity Control System]

8.4.6 PQ Wide Mode – Capacity Control Flow Settings

NOTE: PQ Wide Mode is set to OFF at the time of shipment from the factory. If PQ Wide Mode is required, it
needs to be set to ON on the instrument panel.
(1) PQ Wide Mode
Power Savings are Desired Higher Capacity is Desired
Reliable energy savings are achieved PQ Wide Mode: Increasing the capacity of the air compressor is
by lowering operating pressure. OFF achieved by utilizing the maximum power of PQ Wide Mode:
the air compressor at lower operating pressure. ON
Power consumption (%)

100
) ①
Pa

Power consumption (%)

6M 100 ②
8
i(0. )
ps Pa
90 5 M ② )
12 73 Pa
i( 0. M ) ①
ps ) 86
6 Pa 90 . Pa
10 M
si
(0 M
.60 69
i(0 5p 0.
80 ps 12 si(
87 p
100
80

90 100 110
Air consumption (%)
This figure is intended for 125psi(0.86 MPa) model. 80 90 100 117
Air consumption (%)

① By reducing the operating pressure from 125 psi ① By reducing the operating pressure from 125 psi
(0.86 MPa) to 106 psi (0.73 MPa), the maximum (0.86 MPa) to 100 psi (0.69 MPa), PQ-Wide Mode
consumption power is automatically limited to utilizes the surplus power from the reduction in
approximately 92% of the consumption power at 125 pressure to increase the capacity up to
psi (0.86 MPa). approximately 117% of the rated capacity.
② By reducing the operating pressure further down to ② The lowest set pressure is 100 psi (0.69 MPa). The
87 psi(0.60 MPa), the consumption power is reduced power consumption at 100 psi (0.69 MPa) is 100%.
to approximately 86%. The lowest set pressure is
The consumption power is 100%, utilizing the maximum
71 psi (0.49 MPa).
rated power of the air compressor at a lower operating
If reducing the power is desired; the “PQ Wide Mode: pressure for maximum capacity. If maximum capacity
OFF” is recommended. is desired; the “PQ Wide Mode: ON” is recommended.

(2) PQ wide mode settings

RUNNING CONTROL SELECT/WIDE

The settings for PQ Wide Mode are to be changed

while the air compressor is stopped. Press the 1
ALARM

SELECT/WIDE button o the instrument panel.

ON: The Light blinks.
3.4.2 and 3.4.3 for the control pressure setting.
RESET
FUNC

OFF: The Light is off.

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE

SELECT／WIDE
STR 1
Set by button

72
 8. STANDARD COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEMS [Oil Mist Remover System]

8.5 Oil Mist Remover System

OMR Relief Valve Remover Element Ejector

Opens when pressure in A high-performance Uses compressed air
the gear case excessive- element to separate to generate a vacuum
ly rises to prevent inter- fine oil mists. pressure, which main-
nal pressure increase. tains a negative pres-
sure in the housing.

Vacuum Indicator
Air End
Indicates that the ejec-
tor is operating properly
and that the gear case
internal pressure is
negative.

Oil Pump
Air Source
Gear Case

Filter Regulator Pressure Gauge Float Trap Solenoid Valve

Removes dust particles Maintains supply Indicates supply pres- Automatically collects oil Closes when the
and condensate from pressure to the sure to the ejector. to the suction side of oil compressor stops
the air source. ejector constant. pump when oil is accu- running, stopping the
mulated in the housing. consumption of air.

When the compressor starts running, The incorporated ejector uses the compressed air to
oil mist is vented from the vent pipe. generate a vacuum pressure, which maintains a
negative pressure on the oil mist remover subsystem.
This prevents the gear case internal pressure from
When the line pressure rises,
rising due to a resistance of the element.
the ejector actuates.
By installing the oil mist remover:

Negative pressure is maintained in There is no need to extend a gear case vent pipe
the oil mist remover. ① outdoors, avoiding any type of trouble that may be caused
by incorrect installation of the gear case vent pipe.

Without increase of gear case internal pressure, Oil mists are prevented from venting from the gear
the high-performance remover element removes ② case to atmosphere, keeping the compressor room/
oil mist. area clean.

Oil expenses and labor costs to add extra oil are

Separated oil is ③ lowered because the oil is automatically recovered in
recovered in the gear case and reused. the gear case.

CAUTION
The oil mist remover reduces oil consumption to almost zero. However, the oil should still be replaced.
( Section 9)

73
9. MAINTENANCE

CAUTION
● Before servicing the compressor, carefully read “1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” again.
● Before servicing, be sure to disconnect the power of the compressor. Failing to do so may cause
electric shock or other accident.
● Before removing or disassembling a part or component of the compressor, make sure that the
internal pressure has dropped to an atmospheric pressure. Otherwise, compressed air may gush out
of the compressor when a bolt, pipe, or any other part is removed, leading to an accident.

9.1 Periodical maintenance of Air compressor

1 Daily Operation Control

On a daily basis, fill out the OPERATION RECORD
LOGBOOK ( Section 14) with the operating data
and conditions of the air compressor. If the data
deviates from the benchmark in the logbook, service
the air compressor or call the local HITACHI
distributor/master dealer or representative office for
service. Drain the condensate on a daily basis and
observe other daily operating instructions ( page
75 and 78).

2 Maintenance at Periodic Intervals

① The standards indicate normal maintenance schedule. ③ If any abnormality is detected during inspection,
If your compressor is in sever environmental or replace the part.
operating conditions, ser vice it at more frequent
④ Do not neglect a yearly maintenance schedule as it
intervals.
is most important from a preventive maintenance
The maintenance schedule differs between 4,000 or
standpoint.
less operating hours per year and 8,000 hours. If your
compressor is in severe (high-humid, dusty, etc.) ⑤ Use HITACHI genuine parts for replacement.
conditions, however, always follow the maintenance
schedule for 8,000 operating hours per year.

② Any of the maintenance intervals is not a warranty

period.

3 Overhauling
Overhauling consists of changing the existing
airend with a new replacement airend.
Overhaul the air compressor at 6 years.

74
 9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]

9.2 Standard Maintenance Schedule

Maintenance Schedule A (For 8,000 hours or less operating hours per year)
Follow this schedule (A) if the MAINT.SCHEDULE : A appears on the LCD monitor.
※ A in Type category stands for Air-cooled type ○●… Replace △○… Complete service in house
※ W in Type category stands for Water-cooled type △▲… Clean or check ▲●… Ask your distributor to service

1 Daily and 3-month Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Category Type
Part or Item Action Every Remarks
Daily 3-month Fixed/V A/W
LCD indications Check △ Fixed/V A/W Record data in the OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK.
Oil level Check △ Fixed/V A/W Add as required.
Aftercooler/Intercooler - Condensate Drain △ Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter - Condensate Check △ Fixed A/W
Main motor greasing - △ Fixed/V A/W

Check valve
Aftercooler
Discharge pipe (Compressed Intercooler
Air Discharge)

Air relief valve Enclosure

Cooling fan

Instrument panel
Oil cooler

Hi-precooler Control panel

Oil mist remover

Common base

2nd-stage air end

Main motor

1st-stage air end

Air intake filter

Oil filter
Oil level gauge

2 Bi-Annual Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Type Remarks
Part or Item Action Category
Fixed/V A/W
Air intake filter Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Oil filter (secondary) - Pressure Check △ Fixed/V A/W Replace as required.
Control line filter - Condensate Clean △ Fixed A/W
Strainer - Aftercooler/Intercooler condensate drain Clean △ Fixed/V A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Aftercooler/Intercooler/ Oil cooler (air side) Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean as required.
Hi-Precooler Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A only Clean as required.
Blowoff solenoid valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Check valve leakage Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Air relief valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W

75
9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]

3 Annual and 3-year Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Category Type
Part or Item Action Remarks
Every year Every 3-year Fixed/V A/W
Lubricating oil Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Joints, Bolts, Nuts Tighten/Check △ Fixed/V A/W
Gasket - Inter/Aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
O-ring - Inter/Aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Oil filter (secondary) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Consumable parts - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed A/W
Seal washer - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed A/W
Seal gasket - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed A/W
Thermistor, Pressure sensor, PCB other Electric parts Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Cooling fan Check for crack/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Orifice - Aftercooler condensate Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean as required.
Orifice and Check valve - Intercooler condensate Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean as required.
Aftercooler/Intercooler/Oil cooler Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Hi-Precooler Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A only
Demister - Drain separator Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
3-Way solenoid valve & Capacity control system Check ▲ Fixed A/W Replace as required.
Blowoff solenoid valve Check ▲ V A/W
Air relief valve Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Protection, Safety device Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Motors Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Measure insulation resistance and clean.
Relay (Drain solenoid valve) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W

4 2-year and 4-year Schedule (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Category Type Remarks
Part or Item Action
2-year 4-year Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter element Replace ○ Fixed A/W
Blowoff solenoid valve (1) (2) Replace ● V A/W
Consumable parts - Oil pump Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Check valve Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Solenoid valve - Intercooler/Aftercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed/V A/W Replace the strainer together.
Check valve and Strainer - Intercooler condensate Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Check valve - Control line Replace ● Fixed A/W
VFD (Variable Frequency Drive) Check ▲ V A/W Clean the heat sink fin
Cooling capacity for VFD Replace ● V A/W
Cooling fan for control panel Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Check/Clean/ Check for contamination and discoloration. Replace if
PC Board - Inverter, Module, FFC (Flat cable) ● V A/W
Replace faulty. May be used further if appropriate. (Except FFC)

5 6-year (Overhaul) (for 8,000 hours/year or less operation)

Type
Part or Item Action Category Remarks
Fixed/V A/W
Airend (1st-stage, 2nd-stage) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W A whole airend is replaced with a new
Main motor bearing Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Fan motor bearing Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Demister - Drain separator Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
3-Way solenoid valve Replace ● Fixed A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter - Condensate Replace ● Fixed A/W
Oil level gauge Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Shaft seal - Main motor Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Temperature control valve Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Smoothing condenser - Controller Replace ● V A/W
Check/Clean/ Check for contamination and discoloration.
PC board assembly ● Fixed/V A/W
Replace Replace if faulty. May be used further if appropriate.
Check/Clean/ Check for contamination and discoloration.
PC board - Inverter ● V A/W
Replace Replace if faulty. May be used further if appropriate.
Electromagnetic contactor Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Replace as required.
Lithium battery Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
※ For the 3rd overhaul, the air ends shall be replaced with new ones.

76
 9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]

Maintenance Schedule B (For 4,000 hours or less operating hours per year)
Follow this schedule (B) if the MAINT.SCHEDULE : B appears on the LCD monitor.
※ A in Type category stands for Air-cooled type ○●… Replace △○… Complete service in house
※ W in Type category stands for Water-cooled type △▲… Clean or check ▲●… Ask your distributor to service

1 Daily Schedule (for 4,000 hours /year or less operation)

Category Type
Part or Item Action Remarks
Daily Fixed/V A/W
LCD indications Check △ Fixed/V A/W Record data in the OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK.
Oil level Check △ Fixed/V A/W Add as required.
Aftercooler/Intercooler - Condensate Drain △ Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter - Condensate Check △ Fixed A/W
Check valve
Aftercooler
Discharge pipe (Compressed Intercooler
Air Discharge)

Air relief valve Enclosure

Cooling fan

Instrument panel
Oil cooler

Hi-precooler Control panel

Oil mist remover

Common base

2nd-stage air end

Main motor

1st-stage air end

Air intake filter

Oil filter
Oil level gauge

2 Bi-Annual Schedule (for 4,000 hours /year or less operation)

Type
Part or Item Action Category Remarks
Fixed/V A/W
Air intake filter Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Main motor greasing - △ Fixed/V A/W
Air intake filter Clean △ Fixed/V A/W
Oil filter (secondary) - Pressure Check △ Fixed/V A/W Replace as required.
Control line filter - Condensate Clean △ Fixed A/W
Strainer - Aftercooler/Intercooler condensate drain Clean △ Fixed/V A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean as required.
Aftercooler/Intercooler/Oil cooler (air side) Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean as required.
Hi-Precooler Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A Clean as required.
Blowoff solenoid valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Check valve - Air leakage Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Air relief valve - Operation Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W

77
9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]

3 Annual Schedule (for 4,000 hours /year or less operation)

Type
Part or Item Action Category Remarks
Fixed/V A/W
Lubricating oil Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W Replace every 8,000h operating hour or 2 year, whichever comes earlier)
Joints, Bolts, Nuts Tighten/Check △ Fixed/V A/W
Gasket - Inter/Aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
O-ring - Inter/Aftercooler condensate strainer Replace ○ Fixed/V A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Thermistor, Pressure sensor, PCB other Electric parts. Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Cooling fan Check for crack/Clean ▲ Fixed/V
Orifice - Aftercooler condensate Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean as required.
Orifice and Check valve - Intercooler condensate Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean as required.
Aftercooler/Intercooler/Oil cooler (air side) Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Clean as required.
Hi-Precooler Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A only
Demister - Drain separator Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
3-Way solenoid valve & Capacity control system Check ▲ Fixed A/W Replace as required.
Blowoff solenoid valve Check ▲ V A/W
Air relief valve Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Protection, Safety device Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Change any operating parts in need of replacement.
Motors Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W Measure insulation resistance and clean.

4 3-year and 4-year Schedule (for 4,000 hours /year or less operation)
Category Type
Part or Item Action Remarks
3-year 4-year Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter element Replace ○ Fixed A/W
Oil filter (secondary) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Consumable parts - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed A/W ※
Seal washer - Suction throttle valve Replace ● Fixed A/W ※
Seal gasket - Suction throttle Valve Replace ● Fixed A/W ※
Blowoff solenoid valve (1) (2) Replace ● V A/W
Consumable parts - Oil pump Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Check valve Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Solenoid valve - Intercooler/Aftercooler condensate
Replace ● Fixed/V A/W Replace the strainer together.
Check valve and Strainer -Intercooler condensateReplace ● Fixed/V A/W
Check valve - Control line Replace ● Fixed A/W
VFD (Variable Frequency Drive) Check ▲ V A/W Clean the heat sink fin.
Cooling capacity for VFD. Replace ● V A/W
Cooling fan for Control panel Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Relay (Drain solenoid valve) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
PC Board - Inverter, Module, FFC (Flat cable) Check/Clean/
Check for contamination and discoloration. Replace if
Replace ● V A/W
faulty. May be used further if appropriate. (Except FFC)
※ When the power-saving operation is used, the parts need to be replaced every 2 years.

5 6-year (Overhaul) (for 4,000 hours /year or less operation)

Type
Part or Item Action Category Remarks
Fixed/V A/W
Airend (1st-stage, 2nd-stage) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W A whole airend is replaced with a new.
Main motor bearing Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Fan motor bearing Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Demister - Drain separator Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
3-Way solenoid valve Replace ● Fixed A/W
Oil strainer (primary) Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Control line filter - Condensate Replace ● Fixed A/W
Oil level gauge Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Shaft seal - Main motor Check/Clean ▲ Fixed/V A/W
Temperature control valve Replace ● Fixed/V A/W
Smoothing condenser - Controller Replace ● V A/W
Check/Clean/ Check for contamination and discoloration.
PC Board Assembly ● Fixed/V A/W
Replace Replace if faulty. May be used further if appropriate.
Check/Clean/ Check for contamination and discoloration.
PC Board - Inverter ● V A/W
Replace Replace if faulty. May be used further if appropriate.
Electromagnetic contactor Check ▲ Fixed/V A/W Replace as required.
Lithium battery Replace ● Fixed/V A/W

78
 9. MAINTENANCE [Standard Maintenance Schedule]

9.3 Maintenance Schedule for Oil Mist Remover

① To ensure long and successful operation of the Oil ③ These maintenance inter vals are not considered
Mist Remover, follow the standard maintenance warranty.
schedule attached below.
④ If an inspected par t is worn, faulty or damaged,
② The standard maintenance schedule service intervals replace it as soon as possible.
stated below are based on normal environmental and
⑤ ○●: Replace △▲: Clean or check
operating conditions. If the Oil Mist Remover is in
○△: Complete service in house
severe environmental and operating conditions, use
●▲: Ask your distributor to service
more frequent service intervals.

Item Daily Bi-annually Annually 6-yearly Remarks

Regulator settings △
Vacuum indicator △
OMR relief valve △
Regulator performance △
Float trap nozzle △ Disassemble and clean.
Vacuum indicator △ Disassemble and clean.
Filter element △ Disassemble and clean.
Remover element ●
Filter element ●
OMR relief valve sheet/spring ●
Vacuum indicator ●
Disassemble and clean.
Filter regulator ●
Replace diaphragm and valve stem.
Disassemble and clean.
Ejector ▲
Replace if it is too dirty.
Disassemble and clean. Replace as
Solenoid valve ▲
required.
Solenoid valve coil assembly ●

CAUTION
The oil mist remover reduces oil consumption to almost zero. However, the oil should still be replaced
biannually.

79
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

9.4 How to Service the Air Compressor

Before servicing the air compressor, stop it, disconnect the power (turn off the earth leakage (ground) circuit
breaker) and verify that the compressor’s internal pressure has dropped to atmospheric pressure.
The maintenance intervals shown refer to the standard Maintenance Schedule (A).

1 Cleaning of Air Intake Filter (Bi-Annually)

A pressure sensor is provided on the suction throttle
valve to detect the pressure differential across the air
Differential Pressure Sensor
intake filter. When the sensor detects a pressure
dif ferential as large as 0.72 psi (4.98 kPa) during
operation, AIR FILTER appears on the LCD display
with E0.21 on digital monitor. If this occurs, clean or
replace the air intake filter in accordance with
Air Intake Filter
Maintenance Schedule (A) or (B). The procedure for
Wing Nut cleaning the air intake filter is as follows.
① Stop the air compressor, disconnect the power and
verify no internal pressure.

② Remove the front cover (left side).

③ Remove the filter cover and wipe dirt off the inner
surface of filter duct.
Cover
④ Loosen the wing nut and remove the air intake filter.
Make sure the contamination and/or dust doesn’t
enter the airend side.
⑤ Tap the air intake filter to remove large particles.
Then blow air to clean the surface of filter.
⑥ In the case of oily or carbon dust, dip the element
into neutral detergent and water solution for about
30 minutes. Rinse the element several times with
clean water (water pressure is less than 39 psi
(0.27MPa)) and air-dry it. Confirm the element is
dried completely.
⑦ Reinstall and tighten the wing nut.

CAUTION
If the air intake filter is clogged with dust/dirt particles; Differential pressure (resistance of flow) across
the air intake filter increases, which results in decreased air intake to the airend and a rise in discharge
air temperature. To avoid a problem, service the air intake filter regularly. If the compressor room
environment is dusty or dirty, service the air intake filter more frequently than instructed on the
Maintenance Schedule.

80
 9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

2 Depressurizing the System

Before cleaning the drain pipe, intercooler, aftercooler,
Air-Cooled
control line filter, or replacing the check valve, reduce
After cooler side Two-way Valve (1) the internal pressure to 0 (zero) by opening the
condensate drain. Stop the air compressor and
Ⓒ
Ⓔ disconnect the main power. Close the stop valve of the
compressed air discharge. Remove rear panel (1) [Ref
Ⓕ Ⓓ No. 967] .
Ⓑ
(1) Intercooler side
Ⓐ
Turn the three-way change valve from Ⓐ to Ⓑ.
Two-way Valve (2)
(2) Aftercooler side
Turn the Two-way Valve (1) from Ⓒ to Ⓓ. And
Intercooler side Turn the Two-way Valve (2) from Ⓔ to Ⓕ.
Three-way change valve

Verify that the interstage pressure (INTSTG.P) and

discharge pressure (DIS PRESS) is 0 (zero) on the
LCD monitor. In addition, remove the parts slowly
because the pressure is still remained in air pipings due
to the wrong operation or piping works.
Water-Cooled

After cooler side

Two-way Valve (1)

Ⓒ
Ⓔ

Ⓕ Ⓓ
Ⓑ
Ⓐ
Two-way Valve (2)

Intercooler side
Three-way change valve

81
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

Condensate drain port (Intercooler/Aftercooler) (Daily check)

3
Clean the strainer elements (Bi-Annually) & Orifices (Annually)
■ Check the condensate drain
Moisture in the intake air, especially in hot and humid environments, is condensed inside the air compressor during
compression. Daily inspect intercooler/aftercooler condensate drain to verify that there is a discharge of
compressed air (with condensate) when the air compressor is loaded. Bi-annually, clean the strainer element and
annually clean the orifice for both intercooler/aftercooler.

◆ Cleaning of strainer ■ Cleaning of strainer element

[Aftercooler side] The strainers for both the intercooler and
[Intercooler side] aftercooler shall be cleaned.

① Discharge the compressed air in the procedure

in 9.4 2 .

② Remove the cover of the strainer.

Element
③ Remove the element, wash with water and blow
Strainer air.
Gasket
④ Remove the element from inside the strainer and
Cover wash with water.
⑤ Replace the cleaned element in its original
Tighten
position and set the gasket, and plug properly.

Loosen
■ Cleaning of orifice
◆ Cleaning of orifice Inspect and clean the orifices annually. Be sure to
stop the air compressor before inspecting and/or
cleaning the orifices.

■ Replacement of the strainer and solenoid

valve
Replace the solenoid valve and the strainer every 2
Orifices
years (if operating 8000 hours/year) or 3 years (if
operating 4000 hours/ year) to new whole
assembled parts.

CAUTION
● Verify that discharged air with condensate
is discharged through the drain ports of
intercooler and aftercooler every 20
seconds during loading.
● If compressed air is not discharged, clean
and unclog the drain port (filter & orifice).
● Operating the air compressor without
d r a i n i n g t h e c o n d e n s a t e f ro m t h e
intercooler/afterooler, may rust the airend
internally and cause a major failure.

82
 9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

◆ Disassembly of strainer element during operation ■ Cleaning the strainer element during
operation
After cooler side
Air-Cooled Two-way valve A If the strainer needs to be cleaned while the air
compressor is running, contact the local HITACHI
Ⓒ
Ⓔ distributor/master dealer or representative office.
While the air compressor is running, strainer is
Ⓕ Ⓓ always pressurized. Be careful extremely to the
Ⓑ high pressure when the strainer is removed.
Ⓐ (1) Intercooler side
Two-way valve
① Turn three-way change valve on the intercooler
side from Ⓐ to Ⓑ.
Intercooler side
② Element is still pressurized depending on the
Three-way change valveⅠ
solenoid valve action, so be careful extremely
After cooler side
Two-way valve A when opening the strainer plug. Remove the
Water-Cooled
strainer element.
Ⓒ
Ⓔ ③ Wash the element with water and blow air, and
reassemble it.
Ⓕ Ⓓ
④ Turn three-way change valve from Ⓑ to Ⓐ.
Ⓑ
Ⓐ
Two-way valve B (2) Aftercooler side
① Turn two-way valve A on the aftercooler side
Intercooler side from Ⓒ to Ⓓ.
Three-way change valveⅠ
② Check that two-way valve B is completely closed
◆ Valve condition during normal operation (Ⓔ side). In this state, strainer pressure in the
solenoid valve is released by solenoid valve
After cooler side
Air-Cooled Two-way valve A action.
Two-way valve B
Ⓒ
③ After verifying the compressed air is discharged,
Ⓔ remove the strainer element. If two-way valve A
or B is opened even slightly, strainer is still
pressurized.

④ If two-way valve B is opened to the Ⓕ side in this

state, condensate can be drained while cleaning
the strainer element.

Intercooler side ⑤ Wash the element with water and blow air, and
Three-way change valve reassemble it.
After cooler side Two-way valve A
Water-Cooled ⑥ Turn two-way valve A on the aftercooler side
Two-way valve B from Ⓓ to Ⓒ. Also check that two-way valve B is
Ⓒ
completely closed (Ⓔ side).
Ⓔ

Strainer

Intercooler side

Three-way change valve

83
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

4 Lubricating oil Replacement (Annually)

■ Oil drain
① Stop the air compressor and disconnect the power.
Remove the front door [Ref. No. 904], left door [Ref.
Air-Cooled
No. 912] and rear panel (1) [Ref. No. 967]
Plug ⑤ ② Remove the plug ⑤ for oil air vent.
(Oil air vent)
③ Remove the plugs of oil drain ports ①②③. Place oil
pans under the oil drain ports ①②③. Open the
Front door drain valve ①②③. The dimension of oil pan is
approximately 3 × 10 × 14 inches (75 × 250 × 350 mm).
④ Place the oil pan under the oil drain port ④.
Remove the plug ④ to drain the oil.
⑤ Replace all lubricating oil annually. Also once a year,
remove the oil port cover and wipe the sludge off of
Left door
Hole for waste oil hose the bottom of the gear case with a sponge and clean.
(Oil drain hose is not supplied Oil pan
with the compressor.) ⑥ Close oil drain valves ①②③. Tighten removed
plugs with seal tape to oil drain ports ①②③④⑤
Air-cooled type
Oil drain valve ③ and oil air vent.
Air-Cooled (For draining oil cooler)
■ Oil filling
⑦ Fill the oil case with oil. Open the oil plug of the oil
case and pour new oil until the oil level reaches the
Rear panel (1) upper red line of the gauge. (Do not exceed the
yellow line when the oil is initially charged.)
■ Check/refilling
⑧ Turn on the power, press the START button and
turn the compressor off 5 – 6 seconds later.
⑨ Check the oil level on the oil level gauge. The oil
level drops when lubricating oil flows to the piping,
oil cooler and case jacket (air-cooled type only).
⑩ Turn off the power and add oil from the oil supply port.

Air-Cooled Air-cooled type

⑪ After refilling is complete, close the oil plug tightly.
Plug ③ ⑫ Turn the power back on, press the START button
and make sure the oil level is between the upper and
Oil port Oil port cover Oil level gauge
lower red lines of the oil level gauge.
⑬ Make sure no oil leaks from the oil drain valve and
plugs.
Oil filter

WARNING
Open Inspection
Close
Open
port cover ● Change the oil regularly, as instructed in the
Close standard maintenance schedule ( page
Oil casing
75 to 78). Neglecting to change the oil
Plug ②
Yellow causes oil deterioration that could result in
Plug ①
Plug ④ line clogging of the oil strainer and a fire.
Oil filter Oil drain valve ① ● Be sure to use the recommended lubricating
drain port (For draining oil casing)
oil on page 10. Absolutely DO NOT mix
Oil drain valve ② different types of lubricating oil.
(For draining oil casing) ● Overfilling with lubricating oil may increase
Oil pan shaft power and result in rise in oil temperature.
84
 9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

5 Cleaning of Oil Strainer (Primary) – (Bi-Annually)

① Stop the air compressor and disconnect the power.
② Open oil drain valve ① (see previous page) and
drain the lubricating oil from the oil casing.
③ Remove the strainer cover, remove the oil strainer
and clean it.
④ For overhauling, replace the oil strainer.

IMPORTANT

Clogging of the oil strainer drops the oil pressure of the air
Oil Strainer compressor.
● Vtype
If the oil pressure sensor detects an oil pressure as low
Strainer cover as 12 psi (0.08 MPa) or lower for operation frequency
45 Hz or higher, or 6 psi (0.04 MPa) for operation
frequency less than 45Hz, the air compressor
automatically shutdowns.
● Fixed-speed type
If oil pressure sensor detects an oil pressure as low as
12 psi (0.08 MPa) or lower.

6 Replacement of Oil Filter (Secondary) (Annually)

① Stop the air compressor and disconnect the power.

② Drain the lubricating oil from inside the compressor

in accordance with previous page.

③ Place a pan under the oil filter.

④ Remove the element using a filter wrench.

⑤ Apply clean oil onto the filter O-ring. Tighten the oil
filter until the O-ring surface comes in contact with
the oil filter seating surface.

⑥ Seat the oil filter O-ring by tightening the filter with

both hands. Immediately after the air compressor
restart verify that there is no leaks on the oil filter.

IMPORTANT

Clogging of the oil filter drops the oil pressure of the air
compressor.
● Vtype
If oil pressure sensor detects an oil pressure as low as
12 psi (0.08 MPa) or lower for operation frequency 45 Hz
Oil Pan Oil Filter or higher, or 6 psi (0.04 MPa) for operation frequency
less than 45Hz, the air compressor automatically
shutdowns.
● Fixed-speed type
If oil pressure sensor detects oil pressure as low as 12
psi (0.08 MPa) or lower, the air compressor automatically
shutdowns.

85
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

7 Operation Check of Air Relief Valve (Bi-Annually)

① Maintain the rated maximum discharge pressure
(ex. 100 psi (0.69 MPa).
[Rear view]
② Pull the ring connected to air relief valve.

③ Verify that the air relief valve operates properly and

get a hand off of the ring.

WARNING
During inspection of the operation of the air
Air relief valve relief valve, use the appropriate facial
(insaide the cover)
protection. High pressure air containing dust
particles can cause severe injury.

8 Cleaning of Control Line Filter (Bi-Annually) [Fixed-Speed type]

① Depressurize the system described in 9.4 2.

② Remove the left enclosure panel.

③ Remove the control line filter element, and then use

an air nozzle to blow out the inside surface (reverse
flow action) of the control line filter element in order
to remove any dust particles.

④ Replace the element annually..

86
 9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

Air-Cooled

9 Cleaning of Cooler (Annually)

１ For light and non-greasy dust particle

① Remove the right side cover, the front cover and the
rear cover.
② Remove the right and left intake duct.

③ Remove the maintenance cover.

④ Use an air nozzle to blow the cooler surfaces.

For heavy and greasy dust particles

2
(detaching the cooler)
① Remove the enclosure panels.

② Drain the oil from the system.

③ Disconnect all the sensor wires from the cooler.

Cooler duct plate (4) Maintenance cover ④ Disconnect all air / oil pipes at the joints.

⑤ Disconnect the discharge pipe.

⑥ Loosen and remove the cooler bolts.

For heavy and greasy dust particles

3
(cleaning the detached cooler):
① Use an air nozzle to blow the cooler surfaces.

② Soak the cooler in a detergent bath or spray

detergent onto the cooler. Use an air nozzle to blow
the cooler surfaces.

③ Generally, there are 3 kinds of dust and dirt particles.

・Light dust particles
・Heavy dust particles
・Greasy dust particles
Left intake Cooler duct
duct plate (5) Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master
dealer or representative office for the detail.
Right intake Maintenance cover
duct

87
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

Water-Cooled

10 Cleaning of Cooler (Annually)

● Oil Cooler
Scale Removal
Remove the oil cooler water chamber cover. Flush
with scale remover and use a brass wire brush to
remove the scale from the inner surfaces of the oil Wire-Brush
cooler tube nest.

Oil Cooler
● Aftercooler/Intercooler
If scale build up occurs often, contact the local
HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
office for scale removal.

88
 9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

11 Replacement of Check Valve (2-Yearly)

Air-Cooled Duct plate (1) Check valve assembly
１ Depressurizing the System
Depressurize the compressed air in the air compressor
as described in 9.4 2.

2 Removing the Enclosure Panels

Partition ① Remove the front door and enclosure panels.
plate (A)
Air-Cooled

② Remove cooler ducts such as duct plate (1) and duct

plate (4).

Duct plate (4) Partition plate (B) 3 Disassembly

Air-Cooled ① Remove the fastening bolts of the check valve cover.

Upper check valve cover
Flow ② Remove the upper check valve cover for Air-Cooled
direction
2 stage (direction (check valve cover for Water-Cooled), gasket, check
packing (1) of arrow)
valve, and gasket in this order.
③ Be careful of the mounting direction of the check
Gasket
valve.
Check
valve

Gasket
4 Cleaning and Inspection

Lower check Air-Cooled

valve cover
① Clean the check valve mounting surfaces on the
upper and lower check valve covers so that the
surfaces are free from rust and fragmented gasket.

Water-Cooled

Flow direction ② Clean the check valve mounting surfaces on the

Water-Cooled (direction of arrow)
check valve cover and cooler header so that the
surfaces are free from rust and fragmented gasket.
Check valve
cover

Gasket
Check valve

Gasket

Cooler header

89
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

12 Battery Replacement (6-Yearly)

(2) Battery replacement method
When “BATTERY OUT” is displayed for “PROBLEM”
on the LCD monitor, replace the batter y. When
replacing, disconnect the power and complete the
replacement work within 15 minutes.
③
① Remove the screw on the right of the LCD display.

② Insert the special tool attached with the battery to

the slots shown as figure provided and lift up the
③ Tab
LCD unit from the instrument panel.

④ ③ To remove the LCD unit, pull it to right side so

② Mounting screws Special tool openings that the tabs are not damaged.

④ The battery is mounted on the back of the LCD

Battery
unit. Unplug the battery connector. The battery
⑤
is held by double-sided adhesive tape.

⑤ Replace with new battery.

LCD unit board

(3) Cautions for disposal of old batteries

CN11 BT
The used battery shall be returned to your
distributor or disposed of properly in accordance
(1) Battery life and specifications
with your local government disposal regulations.
Item Specs Used battery is furthermore shorted if the positive
Battery Coin type manganese dioxide lithium battery and negative terminals come in contact with each
Voltage 3V other or come in contact other metal objects, and
Capacity 220mAh
could cause the battery to produce heart, rupture or
Battery model CR2032
catch fire. Do not expose the battery to fire. Used
Special specs Lead wire connector connection
batteries cannot be recharged.
Replacement
Battery replacement display on LCD monitor
criteria
Approx. 1 year with power off
Life
Approx. 6 years under ordinary service conditions

● The batteries is an exclusive part. Contact the local

HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
office.

90
 9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

13 Maintenance of Main Motor

① Temperature increase ③ Disassembling
The motor coil has a specified maximum allowable In a severe environment (dirty, corrosive, high dust or
temperature rise of 180℉ (100℃), based on an high powder), disassemble and ser vice the motor
ambient temperature of 104℉ (40℃). If the motor is every two years. In a normal environment, disassemble
unusually hot during normal operation, regardless of and service the motor every six years. For the most
the specified temperature rise, investigate the cause common motor problems, see the Motor Diagnostic
of the excessive heat utilizing the Motor Diagnostics and Troubleshooting chart below. If the problem
and troubleshooting chart below cannot be solved with the char t, contact the local
② Cleaning HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative
office.
Clean the main motor periodically to prevent dust
particles from accumulating inside and outside of
the motor.
When servicing the air compressor, measure
the insulation resistance of the motor coil with
a 500V megohmmeter and verify that the
insulation resistance is 1MΩ or more.

Motor Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Circuit breaker operation

Low Insulation Resistance

Overheat

Phenomenon
Thermal relay operation
Abnormal rotation
Abnormal noise

Electric Leak

Corrective Action
Vibration

Bearing
Frame

Cause
Installation

Loose bolts ○ ◎ ○ Retighten the bolts.

Poor gounding ◎ Ground properly.

Note 3
Wiring

Inadequate breaker capacity ○ ◎ Replace with properly specified capacity breaker.

Broken wires ○ Install new wires.
Note 3
Failed breaker, controller or contactor ○ ○ Check the contacts and replace if necessary.
Reduced cooling performance due
○ Properly clean motor.
Environment

to dust accumulation
Excessive ambient operating Improve the room ventilation or contact the local
◎ ○ ◎
temperature Hitachi distributor.
High humidity ◎ Contact the local Hitachi distributor
Large external vibration/shock ◎ Take countermeasures against vibration and shock.
Check the connections of circuit breaker, switch
Single-phase operationv ◎ ◎ ○ ◎ ◎ ○
andvlead wire.
Power

Check the wire thickness and length and contact the

Widely dropped voltage ○ ○ ◎ ◎
local power utilities company.
Fluctuating voltage ○ ○ ○ ○ Contact the local power utilities company.
○ ◎ ◎ ○
Load

Overload Check the capacity controller of compressor.

Thrust force by the machine ○ ○ ◎ Center the shaft.
Excessive bearing noise NOTE 2 ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ Contact the local Hitachi distributor.
Burnt motor coil NOTE 2 ○ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ Contact the local Hitachi distributor.
NOTES)
1. ◎ : Close relationship between the cause and type of problem. 〇 : Relationship between the cause and type of problem.
2. Detect the fundamental cause of the problem and take corrective action.
3. Breaker, controller or contactors are hot.

91
9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

14 Main Motor Greasing

Feed the main motor with grease in accordance with the Grease filling amount
Grease Filling Amount table. Grease to be used is Raremax Model Load-Side bearing
Anti-Load Side
bearing
Super by Kyodo Yushi (Hitachi part name: RMS grease) DSP-90A6N
(P/N 455). DSP-90W6N
DSP-90VA6N
① Open the front door. Grease the specified amount DSP-90VW6N 1.2oz 2.5oz
DSP-110A6N (30g) (70g)
through the grease port using a grease gun. DSP-110W6N
DSP-110VA6N
② Check the grease pan, and clean the pan as necessary. DSP-110VW6N

③ Close the front door.

● Example of grease gun
Lever-type grease gun CH-400 Micro-Hose (pin type
SPK-1C) by Yamada Corporation.

IMPORTANT

● Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or

representative office for the grease detail.
● Greasing must be done while the main motor
operating.
● Cleaning of grease pan must be done while the air
compressor stops.

Load-side bearing Anti-Load-Side bearing

Grease port Grease port

Grease pan Bolt with knob

CAUTION
Be cautious of replenishing grease more than the spcified amont. It may cause leaking of grease and/or
malfunction of the protective device due to overheat of the bearing. Grease at once during start-up
commissioning.
Periodically replace the main motor bearing in accordance with “9.1 Periodical Maintenance of
Compressor” in page 74 and “9.2 Standard Maintenance Schedule” Maintenance Schedule A
Maintenance Schedule B in pages 75 to 78.

92
 9. MAINTENANCE [How to Service the Air Compressor]

15 Oil Mist Remover

1. Replacement of remover element 3. Maintenance of OMR Relief Valve (See Fig. A.)
① Remove the pipe provided at the top of the remover ① Turn the nut at the top of the OMR relief valve and
if required. Then remove 4 set screws (A) from the remove the plate. Replace the sheet and the spring
oil mist remover housing. with new components.
Pull up the upper part of the housing.
② Ensure that the spring is positioned at the center
② Loosen nut (B) and remove the cover. Now you can before assembly.
remove the remover element.

③ Install a new element. Carefully seat the upper and

4. Maintenance of Vacuum Indicator (See Fig. B.)
lower r ubber gaskets on the element without ① Contamination of the vacuum indicator may cause
allowing any gaps. malfunction of indicator.
Remove and clean the indicator at least ever y six
④ After replacement
months. In addition, replace the indicator once a year.
of element, grease (B)

the O-ring, replace Cover ② Pull down the indicator while pushing up the locked
the housing, and Rubber packing pipe joint at the top.
Remover
tighten 4 set screws element Nut Spring
(A) diagonally and Plate Valve seat
O-ring
evenly.
Rubber packing

Locked joint
3/8 φ12

Pull
(A)
Fig. A Fig. B

2. Maintenance of Filter Regulator 5. Maintenance of Ejector

① Turn the cover to remove. Remove the baffle and
① If the ejector is dirty, performance may decrease.
replace the filter element with a new one.
Disassemble and clean at least once a year.
② Remove the upper 4 set screws and remove the
② The maintenance procedure is as follows:
upper part of the regulator. Replace the diaphragm
(1) Disconnect the control air tube at its detachable
and the valve stem with new components. Be careful
connection.
not to install the new diaphragm upside down.
(2) Loosen nut A (the nut can be turned independently
from the ejector body) and disconnect the ejector
Diaphragm from the manifold.
Screw (4 pcs)
(3) Remove the plastic case.
(4) Clean the ejector body with a neutral detergent
Stem
and dry it with an air nozzle. Assemble all of the
OUT IN
parts.
Regulator
O-ring

Valve

Filter element

Cover
Baffle

Nut A

93
10. CAUTIONS FOR A LONG TERM OPERATION SUSPENSION
① If the compressor is not to be used for a week or
more, be sure to press the UNLOAD STOP button
on the instrument panel. RUNNING CONTROL RUNNING MODE

The compressor then unloads for 5 minutes and AUTO

REMOTE
MONITOR
POWER

automatically stops when the airend and the piping

ALARM

［× 10h］ LOAD
MENU

FUNC RESET AUTO START

＋／− SHUTDOWN

are dry. UP/

DOWN

REMOTE SELECT/WIDE START STOP

STR 1 2
SET

MONITOR

IMPORTANT
UNLOAD STOP

If unloading is executed before the compressor is stopped,

UNLOAD STOP button
moisture will be removed from the second-stage air end.
To prevent the second-stage air end from rusting during a
long-time suspension, it is effective to dry the inside of
the air end before stopping the compressor..

② To prevent the inside of airend from rusting, press

the UNLOAD STOP button and dry the compressor
for 5 - 10 minutes a week.
③ Be sure to turn off the power if the compressor is
not to be used for an extended period of time.

CAUTION
● If the air compressor is stops for a week or more without taking action described in this page, serious
damage for the airend may occur due to the lack of lubrication or airend internal rusting.

● Use unload stop button not only for long operation suspension but also for daily operation to prevent
the airend from the rusting.
● If the air compressor can’t be operated weekly, rust prevented action and periodical inspection is
required. Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office for the detail.

■ How to perform the unload stop action with

lead-lag or multi unit control operation (option)
Unload stop button is ineffective when the operation
mode setting is NOT “Single”. Refer to the page 21
for the detail. Deactivate the lead-lag or multi unit
control at once and perform unload stop. When the
air compressor is restarted, set the operation setting
to required mode.

94
11. PARTS LIST

1 Air End Assembly

277 ※177 (Air Cooled) ※177
(Water Cooled) Ref. Ref.
243 Description Description
278 No. No.
277 100 1st-Stage Air End (new) 177 Jacket Upper Cover, 1st-stage air end
235 132 1st-Stage Air End Discharge Cover 178 Gasket, 1st-stage air end jacket upper cover
234
143 133 1st-Stage Air End Jacket Cover 183 Jacket Lower Cover, 1st-stage air end
233
134 Gasket, 1st-stage air end discharge cover 184 Gasket, 1st-stage air end jacket lower cover
178 135 Gasket, 1st-stage air end jacket cover 200 2nd-stage Air End (new)
200
143 Pinion Gear, 1st-stage air end 232 2nd-Stage Air End Discharge Cover
135
134 233 2nd-Stage Air End Jacket cover
278 234 Gasket, 2nd-stage air end jacket cover
235 Gasket, 2nd-stage air end jacket cover
232 233 133
235 100 243 Pinion Gear, 2nd-stage air end
277 Seat, 2nd-stage air end jacket
278
278 Seat Gasket, 2nd-stage air end jacket
277 178 299 1st stage or 2nd stage Air End Assembly (new)
133
132 135
184
299 ※183
(Air Cooled) ※183
(Water Cooled)

2 Gear Case Assembly

321
320 Ref.
Description
No.
333
301 301 Gear Case
307 Gear, oil pump
375 316 Gasket, oil filling port
371
317 Plug, oil filling port
370
318 Oil Piping
332
319 O-Ring
334 320 Oil Nozzle (1)
322 321 Oil Nozzle (2)
370 322 O-Ring, 1st-stage air end
323 O-Ring, cleaning cover
375
324 Cover, cleaning
326 O-Ring, oil pump
332 Stud Bolt (1)
334 333 Stud Bolt (2)
334 Parallel Pin (1)
336 Oil Level Gauge
388
389 338 Cover, inspection cover
307 339 O-Ring, cover
326 364 Bolt, oil level gauge
369 O-Ring, (strainer cover)
370 O-Ring, (Air end flange)
318 371 O-Ring, 2nd-stage air end
316 375 Parallel Pin (2)
E83
383 Oil Relief Valve
319 H78 388 M6 Flat Head Bolt
317 338
883 389 Gear Stopper
396 Strainer Cover
339
398 O-Ring
884
399 Packing, oil relief valve
399 883 Oil Temperature Control Valve
383 F39 884 O-Ring
887 Oil Drain Valve
369
B32 Float
E83 O-Ring
G64 O-Ring 25
339 G65 O-Ring 30
B32 338
396 F39 Oil Casing
G64
323 H78 Closure Plate
887 324
398 G65

398
364 336

95
11. PARTS LIST

3 Motor Assembly
Ref.
Description
401 No.
453 302 Pull Gear
340 454 306 Pinion Gear, oil pump
455 340 Key
391 Shaft Seal
393 Gasket, shaft seal
394 401 Motor
415 O-Ring (motor flange)
419
419 Cover, shaft seal
393 J26
391 425 Vibration Isolation Rubber
460 302 426 Support Bolt, gear case
461 427 Stad Bolt, motor support
306 427 428 Spacer
H55
415 453 Bearing (Load-side)
428 454 Bearing (Anti-Load-side)
455 Grease
425 461 Gear Shaft, oil pump
462 M8 Flat Head Bolt
F72 Grease Pan (1)
462 F73 Grease Pan (2)
H55 Bolt with assistant
H56 Spacer, base
426 H56 J26 Thermostat
F72

F73

96
 11. PARTS LIST

4 Suction
532
507
[Fixed speed type] 550
510
540
519 505
521 534
522 508
520 506
503
518 535 538
518 536 515 509
517
520 539
525 522
537 516
F27 515
504
541 F28
F42 558 526
559 514
511 542
502 Ref.
Description
574 No.
529 525 Tying Rod, air cylinder
530
F46 526 Cover, air cylinder
555 Ref. 529 Spring Washer (SUS)
Description
No. 530 Rod Nut
500 Suction Throttle Valve Assembly 532 Body, blowoff valve
501 Air Cylinder Assembly 534 Seal Washer, air cylinder
502 Body, STV 535 Nut
503 Tube, air cylinder 536 Wave Spring
504 Cover (1) 537 O-Ring (piston)
505 Cover (2) 538 O-Ring (spacer)
F44
554 506 Piston, blowoff valve 539 O-Ring (needle)
507 Valve Sheet, blowoff valve piston 540 O-Ring (2), air cylinder
508 Plate 541 Holder, piston
513
509 Spindle, air cylinder 542 Spacer
512 510 Rod Metal 550 O-Ring (1), air cylinder
511 Gasket, air cylinder 551 Set of Air Cylinder Consumable Parts
512 Gasket (1), air end air intake 554 Unloader Cover (1)
513 Gasket, STV cover 555 O-Ring, unloader 1
500 514 Valve Plate, STV 558 Adjusting Bolt, suction bypass valve
515 Seal Gasket (1) 559 Seal Washer, suction bypass valve
516 Seal Gasket (2) 569 Grease, air cylinder
517 Piston, air cylinder 574 Valve Plate, STV
569 518 Seal Gasket (3) F27 C-type Snap Ring
519 Seal Gasket (4) F28 Backup Ring
501
520 O-Ring, air cylinder F42 Support Plate, unloader
521 Seal Gasket (5) F44 Air Intake Duct
522 Bush, air cylinder F46 O-Ring

551

F42 511 Ref.

Description
No.
559 500 Suction Throttle Valve Assembly
502 502 Body, STV
511 Gasket, air cylinder
512 Gasket, air end air intake
F46 513 Gasket, STV cover
554 Unloader Cover (1)
555
555 O-Ring
F44 559 Seal Washer
F42 Support Plate, unloader
F44 Air Intake Duct
F46 O-Ring

512

554

513

97
11. PARTS LIST

5 Coolers & Ventilating Fan (1)

685
Air-Cooled Ref.
Description
No.
699
584 Partition (1)
697 585 Partition (2)
587 Partition (A)
588 Partition (B)
589 Fix Board
672 Fan Duct, air intake
685 Duct Panel
691 Duct Panel (1)
692 Duct Panel (2)
693 Duct Panel (3)
694 Duct Panel (4)
692 695 Duct Panel (5)
696 Duct Panel (6)
698 697 Duct Panel (7)
698 Duct Panel (8)
F62 699 Duct Panel (9)
693 E51 Maintenance Cover
F62 Rubber Bush

695 696
691 589
584

588
585
587
672

E51
694

5 Coolers & Ventilating Fan (2)

658
Air-Cooled C84 Ref.
Description
663 No.
671 C86 658 Duct Support (1)
659 659 Duct Support (2)
660 Duct Frame
661 Duct Frame (1)
667 662 Duct Frame (2)
663 Duct Frame (3)
664 Duct Frame (4)
665 Duct Frame (5)
661 659
678 666 Duct Frame (6)
667 Duct Frame (7)
668 679
668 Duct Frame (8)
678
671 Duct, air exhaust
679
678 Bell Mouth
679 lmpeller
680 Protective Cover
658 660
666 681 Fan Motor
664 686 Support, cooling fan
680 688 Fan Motor Flange
C84 Fan Motor Bearing (DS)
C86 Fan Motor Bearing (OS)
681
680
686
662 665

686 686 686

688
686
686

688
98
 11. PARTS LIST

5 Coolers & Ventilating Fan (3)

Air-Cooled
650
651

642

H84

608
645
E52
644 648
E52 E53
623
648

F63 H85
628

H84 649
653 647
(90/100kW only)

652

639 F47
643
H86
F47
H85
E52
F47

635
646 634

631
Ref.
Description
633 No.
608 Aftercooler
623 Intercooler
630 628 Support
630 Support (1), base frame
631 Support (2), base frame
633 Support (3), base frame
634 Support (4), base frame
635 Support (5), base frame
639 Oil cooler
642 Duct Panel (2)
643 Duct Panel (3)
644 Duct Panel (4)
645 Duct Panel (5)
646 Duct Panel (6)
647 Duct Panel (7)
648 Duct Panel (8)
649 Duct Panel (9)
650 Duct Panel (10)
651 Duct Panel (11)
652 Duct Panel (12)
653 Cover Plate
E52 Maintenance Cover
E53 Current Plate
F47 Vibration Isolation Rubber
F63 Rubber Bush
H84 Cooler Bolt
H85 Support, cooler bolt
H86 Oil Cooler Stud

99
11. PARTS LIST

5 Coolers & Ventilating Fan (1)

Ref.
Description
Water-Cooled No.
608 601 Shell, aftercooler
602 Tube Nest, aftercooler
601 605 Gasket, aftercooler tube nest
608 Aftercooler Assembly
605 610 Oil cooler Assembly
611 Tube Nest, oil cooler
602
612 Cover, oil cooler water chamber
613 Gasket, oil cooler water chamber cover
614 Cover, oil cooler
615 Gasket, oil cooler cover
624
623 Intercooler Assembly
624 Shell, intercooler
625 Tube Nest, intercooler
626 626 Gasket, intercooler tube nest
632 623 627 Support, oil cooler
610 625 632 Plug

611

614

615

627
613

612

5 Coolers & Ventilating Fan (2)

672 672
[Fixed speed type]
Water-Cooled Ref.
Description
671 671 No.
404 Ventilating Fan
628 Base, coolers
629 Duct, air exhaust
673
672 631 Support (1), base frame
F62
633 Support (2), base frame
F62 634 Support (3), base frame
671 Duct (1), fan motor
672 Duct (2), fan motor
673 Duct (3), fan motor
678 678 Support (2), fan motor
404 679 Fan
681 Fan Motor
F49 679 686 Support (1), fan motor
F47 Vibration Isolation Rubber
681 F49 Vibration Isolation Rubber
F62 Rubber Bush
C84 Fan Motor Bearing
629
686

628

F47
C84
634
C84

631
631

633

100
 11. PARTS LIST

6 Oil Pump
Ref.
Description
No.
300 Consumable Parts Kit, oil pump
300 Consumable Parts Kit, oil pump
327 Oil Pump Assembly
328 Bearing
345 329 Oil Seal
356 342 Oil Pump body
343 Housing, oil pump bearing
327 345 Key
356 Key
362 362 Snap Ring
329 342 363 O-Ring
328 378 Bush Bearing

363

378
343

7 Instrument Panel
G57 Ref.
Description
No.
719 Digital Panel
H79
744 Lithium Battery
719 746 Control PCB
744
748 Instrument panel
Display unit Asse’y 755 Display Unit
(included #745 starter panel G57 E-Stop
PCB Asse’y ) H39 PCB Cover
H43 UNLOAD STOP Button
H79 Switch Guard
H80 OPE Code Pipe
H81 OPE Code (1)
H82 OPE Code (2)
H99 Unload Stop Nameplate

755
746
H81
748

H82

H99

H39
H80
H43

101
11. PARTS LIST

8 Starter Board
[Fixed speed type] Ref.
Description
No.
G21
700 Starter Box Assembly
G14 G20
G19 D73 701 Electromagnetic Contactor (52)
G17 G18 D75 702 Electromagnetic Contactor (6)
G13
700 Starter Box Assembly
704 Electromagnetic Switch, ventilating fan motor
706 Fuse (1.25A)
745
707 Fuse (1.6A)
702 708 Current Transformer
706
707 709 Power Terminal Block
729 Electromagnetic Contactor (42)
G15 G03 745 Control Board
E09 G08
D06 G02 G04 B44 Door, Control Box
701 G09 G05 D06 Terminal Block
D10 G04 D10 Surge Absorber
704 G05 D73 Reversed Phase Relay
D75 Transformer
E09 Line Noise Filter
708 E45 Rubber Bush
G04 E47 E47 Rubber Bush
G05
G02 Conduit Nut
G03 Conduit
729 G04 E45
G05 G04 Conduit Nut
709 G05 Conduit
G06 B44 G06 Conduit Nut
G07
E47 G07 Conduit
G08 Conduit Nut
G09 Conduit
G13 Relay MY2N
G14 Relay MY4N
G15 AVR 60W
G17 AVR 90W
G18 Circuit Breaker (Water-cooled only)
G19 Circuit Breaker
G20 Fuse (4A)
G21 Fuse (Air-cooled only) (15A)

G19 Ref.
D12 Description
G20 No.
D73 700 Starter Box Assembly 700 Starter Box Assembly
G21
E10 704 Electromagnetic Switch, ventilating fan motor
706 Fuse (1.25A)
745 707 Fuse (1.6A)
708 Current Transformer
E09 G08 709 Power Terminal Block
G09 G04
718 Timer
G02 G05
704 G03 745 Control Board
B44 Door, Control Box
G15 G04
D06 Terminal Block
G14 G05
D10 Surge Absorber
D10 G17 D12 Cooling Fan
D73 Reversed Phase Relay
D06 706 E47 D75 Transformer
707 G04
G05 E09 Line Noise Filter
E10 Inverter
718 E45 E45 Rubber Bush
708 709
E47 Rubber Bush
B44 G02 Conduit Nut
G13 D75 G04 G03 Conduit
G05
G04 Conduit Nut
E47 G05 Conduit
G06 G06 Conduit Nut
G07 G07 Conduit
G08 Conduit Nut
G09 Conduit
G13 Relay MY2N
G14 Relay MY4N
G15 AVR 60W
G17 AVR 90W
G19 Circuit Breaker
G20 Fuse (4A)
G21 Fuse (15A)

102
 11. PARTS LIST

9 Air Pipe
Air-Cooled C07

F56
874
F57

875

F52
F10 F06
F58
F58

F51

867
868
098
036
036
670 F11
871
036
040 870

F01

868 Ref.
Description
D72 No.
099 027 Air Piping (6)
028 Air Piping (7)
039
029 Air Piping (8)
034 Gasket, 1st-stage air end discharge flange
035 Gasket, 1st-stage
026 036 Gasket, 2nd-stage (1)
037 Gasket, 2nd-stage suction
035 038 Gasket, 1st-stage (2)
025
039 Gasket, 2nd-stage air end discharge flange
D71 040 Gasket, 2nd-stage (2)
027 098 Flexible Piping, 2nd-stage discharge
003 099 Bolt
038 035 670 High-Precooler
035
028 867 Gasket, aftercooler
035 034 868 Cover, check valve
870 Gasket
871 Check Valve
037 024 874 Discharge Piping
022 035 875 Safety Valve
021 B38 Vibration Isolation Rubber
035 B99 Anti-seizing Grease
F66 C07 Motorized Isolation valve
D70 Thermistor (TD1)
F65 D71 Thermistor (TS2)
029 023 D72 Thermistor (TD2)
F01 Air Piping (11)
F50 F06 SUS Nipple
D70
F10 Safety Valve Seat
Ref. F11 Support, discharge piping
B38 Description
No. F50 Fix Board, separator
003 Condensate Separator F51 Piping Support (1)
021 Demister F52 Piping Support (2)
B99 022 Air Piping (1) F56 Piping Support (3)
023 Air Piping (2) F57 Piping Support (4)
024 Air Piping (3) F58 U Bolt
025 Air Piping (4) F65 Condensate Water Separator Seat
026 Air Piping (5) F66 O-Ring, condensate water separator seat

103
11. PARTS LIST

9 Air Pipe

Water-Cooled
F03
C07
040 F04

040
F02

040 F05

F01 875
874
D72
F65 033
F66

021
868
039 001

003
020 002
002 870
026
871
035
870

010
010
038
869
027
044

D71
035

035
028
022 Ref.
Description
No.
037
024 033 O-Ring, 2nd-stage discharge
034 034 Gasket, 1st-stage air end discharge flange
029 035 Gasket, 1st-stage
035 037 Gasket, 2nd-stage suction
038 038 Gasket, 1st-stage (2)
039 Gasket, 2nd-stage air end discharge flange
023
040 Gasket, 2nd-stage
044 Intercooler Header (2)
035 D70 058 Bolt
868 Cover, check valve
869 Aftercooler Header (2)
B99 870 Gasket
Ref. 871 Check Valve
Description 874 Discharge Piping
No.
001 Aftercooler Header (1) 875 AIr Relief Valve
002 O-Ring (cooler) B99 Anti-seizing Grease
003 Intercooler Header (1) C07 Motorized Isolation Valve
010 Gasket, cooler header D70 Thermistor (TD1)
020 Demister D71 Thermistor (TS2)
021 Demister D72 Thermistor (TD2)
022 Air Piping (1) F01 Air Piping (11)
023 Air Piping (2) F02 Air Piping (12)
024 Air Piping (3) F03 Air Piping (13)
026 Air Piping (6) F04 Air Piping (14)
027 Air Piping (7) F05 Air Piping (15)
028 Air Piping (8) F65 Intercooler Header Cover
029 Air Piping (9) F66 O-Ring, Intercooler Header Cover

104
 11. PARTS LIST

10 Drain Pipe
Air-Cooled Ref.
Description
No.
006 IC Strainer Assy
007 Gasket, IC strainer
043 Check Valve
045 Orifice, condensate piping (IC)
047 IC Strainer Element
052 Orifice, condensate piping (AC)
876 2 way Valve (1)
B78 Vibration Isolation Rubber
B80 Nipple
B81 Steel Pipe
B82 Steel Pipe
B96
B85 Male & Female Elbow
B86 Elbow
B85
B94 Tee Fitting
B96 Bushing
B81 Ⓐ 043 F40 Drain Piping Seat
B86 F48 Vibration Isolation Rubber
H75 B82 F67 3 way Switching Valve
F68 Support (H), drain piping
From Ⓐ B94
F69 Support (L), drain piping
B80
876 F80 Drain Solenoid Valve
F68 H75 2 way Valve (2)

F80 F48
047
F67 F48
052
006
007
B78 F69
006

007 047 F40

F80
045

10 Drain Pipe
Ref.
Description
No.
Water-Cooled
006 Strainer Assy
007 Gasket, Strainer
043 Check Valve
045 Orifice, condensate piping (IC)
047 Strainer Element
052 Orifice, condensate piping (AC)
876 2 way Valve (1)
B78 Vibration Isolation Rubber
B80 Nipple
B83 Nipple
B84 Diameter Change Nipple
H75
B85 Male & Female Elbow
B94 B94 Tee Fitting
B80
876 B95 Bushing
F40 Drain Piping Seat
B95 F80
B83 F48 Vibration Isolation Rubber
B84 F67 3 way Switching Valve
F48 F68 Support (H), drain piping
052
F69 Support (L), drain piping
043 F67 F48 F80 Condensate Solenoid Valve
H75 2 way Valve (2)
F68 007
006 047 F40
B85 B78
F69 006
B95 F80
007 047

B84 045
105
11. PARTS LIST

11 Oil Piping (1)

Air-Cooled Ref.
Description
No.
768 Seat, oil piping
F26 785 Support (1), oil piping
786 Support (2), oil piping
F22 890 Flexible Piping
D34 O-Ring (gear case bearing)
F23 F12 Oil Drain Valve
F29
F14 Air Purge Pipe Seat
F12
F21 Oil Piping (1)
F29 F22 Oil Piping (2)
785 F23 Oil Piping (3)
890 F24 Oil Piping (4)
F25 Joint, union steel pipe
F31 F21 F26 Joint, elbow steel pipe
F25
D34 F29 Nipple
F31 Gear Case Breathing Piping
F24
H53 Float Cover
H57 Vibration Isolation Rubber
H73 O-Ring (cooler piping)

H53
H57

F14
786
768

H73 H73

11 Oil Piping (1)

Ref.
785 Description
Water-Cooled No.
768 Seat, oil piping
890 F31 785 Support (1), oil piping
786 Support (2), oil piping
890 Flexible Piping
D34 D34 O-Ring (gear case breathing)
F30 Four-Tee Fitting
F31 Gear Case Breathing Piping
F33 F32 Oil Piping Fitting
F33 Demeter Change Nipple
H53 Float Cover
F30 H57 Vibration Isolation Rubber
H73 O-Ring (oil cooler fitting)
H53
H57

786
768

F32

H73

106
 11. PARTS LIST

11 Oil Piping (2)

Ref.
Air-Cooled Water-Cooled Description
D81 D52 No.
770 Oil Piping (OP suction)
F34 771 Oil Piping (OP discharge)
F38
773 Oil Drain Piping (1)
774 Oil Drain Piping (2)
F36 775 Oil Pump Piping (S)
776 Oil Pump Piping (D)
880 Oil Strainer
F35 882 Oil Filter Element
888 Oil Temperature Sensor
996 Filter Wrench A
D35 O-Ring
D35
D35 D52 Oil Nozzle (1)
D81 Oil Nozzle (2)
F34 Nipple (1)
774 F35 Nipple (2)
H66
F36 Nipple (3)
776 F37 Four-Tee Fitting
F38 Demeter Change Nipple
H66
H54 H54 Joint
775 H66 O-Ring (pump piping)
771
880 888
D35

882
770 996 D35
F37

773
H66

12 Cooling Water Piping

Ref.
Description
Water-Cooled No.
013 008 Piping (1)
009 Piping (2)
011 Pet Cock
F64 012 012 Flexible Piping (1)
013 Flexible Piping (2)
014 Flexible Piping (3)
015 Flexible Piping (4)
016 Flexible Piping (OC)
017 Stop Valve, for a water flow control
※C06
008 018 Seat, cooling water piping
A75 SUS Nipple (3/4 B)
011 A76 SUS Nipple (1 B)
016
016 A77 SUS Nipple (1/2 BX50)
A76 A78 SUS Nipple (3/4 BX50)
A79 SUS Nipple (3/4 BX100)
A75 B77 A88 Demeter Change Nipple
018 014 B77 Orifice
017
A78 A79 C06 Motorized Water Isolation Valve
F64 Rubber Bush
H58 H58 Vibration Isolation Rubber
015 ※ For Vtype only.

009

A88

A78 A77

107
11. PARTS LIST

13 Blowoff Piping
Ref.
Air-Cooled [Fixed speed type] Description
No.
900 Blowoff Silencer
901 Seat, blowoff silencer
902 Cover, blowoff silencer
A84 Elbow
A85 U-Bolt
E94 A86 Piping Fitting (φ35)
E32 Support, blowoff piping
E94 Blowoff Air Piping (H)

902
900
A85
A86 901

E32

A84

Ref.
Description
No.
900 Blowoff Silencer (H)
901 Seat, blowoff silencer (H)
902 Cover, blowoff silencer (H)
A85 U-Bolt
E96 A87 Nipple (H)
A89 Nipple (L)
D29 Seat (1L), blowoff piping
E21 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1H)
E22 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (2)
G62 D29 E23 Seat (1H), blowoff piping
E68 E32 Support, blowoff solenoid valve
G62 A89 G62 E34 Closure Cover
E69 E68 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1L)
E79 E69 Seat, blowoff silencer (L)
E22 E70 Cover, blowoff silencer (L)
E70
E79 Blowoff Silencer (L)
E94 900
E80 E80 Support, silencer cover
E23
E94 Blowoff Air Piping (H)
E22 E96 Blowoff Air Piping (L)
E21 E80 G62 Piping fitting (φ28)
A87
901
A85
902

E32

E34

108
 11. PARTS LIST

13 Blowoff Piping
E93
Ref.
Description
Water-Cooled [Fixed speed type] No.
900 Blowoff Silencer
901 Seat, blowoff silencer
902 Cover, blowoff silencer
A84 Elbow
A86 Piping Fitting (φ35)
A86 A90 Tee Fitting
E93 Blowoff Cooler
E94 Blowoff Air Piping (H1)
E94 E95 Blowoff Air Piping (H2)

A86
A90

E95 A86

902
900
901

A86

A84

Ref.
E93 Description
No.
900 Blowoff Silencer (H)
901 Seat, blowoff silencer (H)
902 Cover, blowoff silencer (H)
A85 Joint, steel pipe (φ35)
A87 Nipple (H)
G62 A89 Nipple (L)
A90 Tee Fitting
E94 D29 Seat (L), blowoff piping
E21 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1H)
E22 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (2)
E23 Seat (H), blowoff piping
A86 G62
A90 E34 Closure Cover
E68 Blowoff Solenoid Valve (1L)
E95 A86 E96 E69 Seat, blowoff silencer (L)
E70 Cover, blowoff silencer (L)
D29 E68 E79 Blowoff Silencer (L)
G62 E80 Support, silencer cover
E93 Blowoff Cooler
E94 Blowoff Air Piping (H1)
G62 E69
E95 Blowoff Air Piping (H2)
E22 E79
E96 Blowoff Air Piping (L)
E70
E23 900 G62 Piping Fitting (φ28)
A87 E80
E22 E21
E80
A89
901

902

E34

109
11. PARTS LIST

14 Control Air Pipe

Air-Cooled [Fixed speed type]

F61

A96
A97

D26
D99

A93
H83

849

892

019 A92
896 899
A94
H91
H90
A95
A82
897
085
799
A81 A82 898
D79 Ref.
Description
A80 No.
019 Check Valve
085 O-ring, control line filter
799 Element, control line filter
849 Support, pressure sensor
892 Support plate, solenoid valve
896 3-Way Solenoid Valve
897 Control Line Filter
898 Pressure Differential Indicator
899 Solenoid Valve Manifold
A80 Transparent Hose
A81 Hose Connector
A82 Wire Clamp
A92 Seat, sensor
A93 Support, control air piping
A94 Nipple
A95 Elbow Adapter
A96 Elbow Union
A97 Elbow Panel
D26 Pressure Sensor (discharge air)
D79 Filter Nipple
D99 Pressure Sensor (interstage)
F61 Rubber Bush
H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
H90 Grease Cap
H91 Grease Nipple

110
 11. PARTS LIST

14 Control Air Pipe

Ref.
H63 Description
Air-Cooled No.
849 Support, pressure sensor
898 Pressure Differential Indicator
A92 Seat, sensor
A96 Elbow Union
D26 Pressure Sensor (discharge air)
D79 Filter Nipple
E40 D99 Pressure Sensor (interstage)
F61 E40 Seat (1), pressure detecting pipe
F61 Rubber Bush
A96 H63 Seat (2), pressure detecting pipe
H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
H90 Grease Cap
H91 Grease Nipple

D26
D99

H83

849

A92

D79
898
H91
H90

111
11. PARTS LIST

14 Control Air Pipe

Water-Cooled [Fixed speed type]

A98

D26

849
D99
H83
A93

892

019

896 A92
899
A94
H91
H90
897 A95
A82 085
799

898
A82 D79
A81
A80 Ref.
Description
No.
019 Check Valve
085 O-ring, control line filter
799 Element, control line filter
849 Support, pressure sensor
892 Support plate, solenoid valve
896 3-Way Solenoid Valve
897 Control Line Filter
898 Pressure Differential Indicator
899 Solenoid Valve Manifold
A80 Transparent Hose
A81 Hose Connector
A82 Wire Clamp
A92 Seat, sensor
A93 Support, control air piping
A94 Nipple
A95 Elbow Adapter
A98 Nipple
D26 Pressure Sensor (discharge air)
D79 Filter Nipple
D99 Pressure Sensor (interstage)
H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
H90 Grease Cap
H91 Grease Nipple

112
 11. PARTS LIST

14 Control Air Pipe

Ref.
Description
No.
Water-Cooled 849 Support, pressure sensor
H63 898 Pressure Differential Indicator
A92 Seat, sensor
E40 A98 Nipple
D26 Pressure Sensor (discharge air)
D79 Filter Nipple
D99 Pressure Sensor (interstage)
E40 Seat (1), pressure detecting pipe
A98 H63 Seat (2), pressure detecting pipe
H83 Pressure Sensor (oil)
H90 Grease Cap
H91 Grease Nipple

D26

849 D99
H83

A92
D79
898 H91
H90

113
11. PARTS LIST

15 Enclosure (1)

Air-Cooled 967
946
940
E88 970 990
938 H61
E88 907 925
H71
947
915
951
913 926 911
H59

969
910

D25 H60 H72

912
D25 952
906 941
943 H69
914 908
984 98 986
H70 981

H70 945 938

944
D25
H70 982 983
953 909
D14
A71
D25
H9 993

929

924
H98 A72 939
90
905
942
A71

Ref. Ref. Ref.

Description Description Description
No. No. No.
904 Front Door 940 Rubber Bush 985 Support, Cover (5)
905 Front-Lower Panel 941 Top Frame 986 Support, Cover (6)
906 Front-Upper Panel 942 Common Base 990 Cover
907 Left Panel (2) 943 Left-Corner Frame 993 Support
908 Right-Upper Panel 944 Front Frame A71 Fork Slot Cover
909 Right-Lower Panel 945 Right-Corner Frame A72 Weste Oil Cover
910 Left Panel (1) 946 Rear-Upper Frame D14 Magnet
911 Rear Panel (2) 947 Rear-Center Frame D25 Chain
912 Left Door 951 Left-Upper Frame E88 Magnet
913 Top Panel (1) 952 Right-Upper Frame H59 Left-Corner Cap
914 Top Panel (2) 953 Instrument Panel H60 Right-Corner Cap
915 Cover, air exhaust 967 Rear Panel (1) H61 Seal Plate
924 Cover, power cord 969 Right Frame H69 Support
925 Cover (1), piping 970 Left Frame H70 M6 Exterior Screw
926 Cover (2), piping 981 Support, Cover (1) H71 Magnet Rubber (1)
929 Rubber Bush, control cable 982 Support, Cover (2) H72 Magnet Rubber (2)
938 Handle 983 Support, Cover (3) H97 Name plate for model
939 Rubber Bush 984 Support, Cover (4) H98 Name plate for NEXT

114
 11. PARTS LIST

15 Enclosure (2)

Air-Cooled

961 E54
E75 964
E77
E55

E55

963 E75 964

E72 E54
E77

973 H89
E76 E55
E55
972 E74

E73
E59 E72
E58

933 E76
922
E71 977 E60
963
937
949 E57

976
H52
975 E71
962
932 948
903 974 Ref.
Description
No.
H87 903 Cover, air intake filter duct
922 Air Intake Filter
E78
932 Wing Nut
H88 933 Stud Bolt
937 Bolt with assistant
991 948 Support, Duct
949 Duct, air intake filter
961 Front Louver Duct Assembly
962 Rear Louver Duct Assembly
963 Louver Side Panel (1)
964 Louver Side Panel (2)
992 972 Support, air intake filter duct
973 Duct-Upper, air intake
974 Duct-Lower, air intake
975 Cover (1), motor duct
976 Duct (1), motor
977 Duct (2), motor
991 Duct (1), ventilating fan
992 Duct (2), ventilating fan
E54 Louver (1)
E55 Louver (2)
E57 Louver (3)
E58 Louver (4)
E59 Inspection Cover, motor
E60 Support (1), motor duct
E71 Support, Duct (1)
E72 Support, Duct (2)
E73 Support, Duct (3)
E74 Support, Duct (4)
E75 Support, Duct (5)
E76 Support, Duct (6)
E77 Support, Duct (7)
E78 Support (2), motor duct
H52 Duct, thermal insulator
H87 Protective Cover (1)
H88 Protective Cover (2)
H89 Handle

115
11. PARTS LIST

15 Enclosure (1)

970
Water-Cooled
967 946
H61

947
E88
938 H61 925
926
E88 907
914 H71
911
951
940 969
913
H59
D91

910

D25 H60
912
D25
941 952
906 943 H69 995
914 908
984 986
985
981
H70

H70 945 938

944
D25
H70 953 983 982
D14 909 994
A71
D25
H97 993

929

924
H98 939
904 A72
905
942
A71

Ref. Ref. Ref.

Description Description Description
No. No. No.
904 Front Door 941 Top Frame 986 Support, Cover (6)
905 Front-Lower Panel 942 Common Base 993 Support
906 Front-Upper Panel 943 Left-Corner Frame 994 Duct (3), ventilating fan
907 Left Panel (2) 944 Front Frame 995 Duct (4), ventilating fan
908 Right-Upper Panel 945 Right-Corner Frame A71 Fork Slot Cover
909 Right-Lower Panel 946 Rear-Upper Frame A72 Weste Oil Cover
910 Left Panel (1) 947 Rear-Center Frame D14 Magnet
911 Rear Panel (2) 951 Left-Upper Frame D25 Chain
912 Left Door 952 Right-Upper Frame D91 Cover
913 Top Panel (1) 953 Instrument Panel E88 Magnet
914 Top Panel (2) 967 Rear Panel (1) H59 Left-Corner Cap
924 Cover, power cord 969 Right Frame H60 Right-Corner Cap
925 Cover (1), piping 970 Left Frame H61 Seal Plate
926 Cover (2), piping 981 Support, Cover (1) H69 Support
929 Rubber Bush, control cable 982 Support, Cover (2) H70 M6 Exterior Screw
938 Handle 983 Support, Cover (3) H71 Magnet Rubber (1)
939 Rubber Bush 984 Support, Cover (4) H97 Name plate for model
940 Rubber Bush 985 Support, Cover (5) H98 Name plate for NEXT

116
 11. PARTS LIST

15 Enclosure (2)
Ref.
Description
No.
Water-Cooled 973 903 Cover, air intake filter duct
922 Air Intake Filter
972 932 Wing Nut
933 Stud Bolt
937 Bolt with assistant
949 Duct, air intake filter
972 Support, air intake filter duct
973 Duct-Upper, air intake
933
974 Duct-Lower, air intake
922 H52 975 Cover (1), motor duct
E60
977 976 Duct (1), motor
977 Duct (2), motor
937 978 Cover (2), motor duct
949 991 Duct (1), ventilating fan
976 992 Duct (2), ventilating fan
E60 Support (1), motor duct
E78 Support (2), motor duct
932 975 H52 Duct, thermal insulator
903 H87 Protective Cover (1)
H95 978 H88 Protective Cover (2)
974
H95 Frame (1)
H96 H87 H96 Frame (2)

H88 E78

991

992

117
11. PARTS LIST

16 Oil Mist Remover

Ref.
No. Description
D37 Element
D38 O-Ring
D39 Solenoid Valve
D40 Pressure Gauge
D41 Ejector
D42 Vacuum Indicator
D44 D43 E96
D43 Valve Sheet
D44 Valve Spring
D41 D45 Air Filter/Air Pressure Regulator
D46 Diaphragm, air pressure regulator
D48 Element, air filter
D49 Float Trap
D78 Packing
E62 O-Ring, air pressure regulator
E63 OMR Consumable Parts Kit
D42 E96 OMR relief valve
H17 Valve
H76 H18 Stem
D37 E63
H76 Tube Fitting Assy (1)
H77 Tube Fitting Assy (2)

D38

Details of A
D45

D46
D40

H18

OUT IN
H77
E62

D49

H17

D39
D48

D78
A

118
12. RELOCATION AND DISPOSAL
12.1 Relocation
To relocate the product, please contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer or representative office. Note in
particular that you need to replace the parts to relocate the compressor from a 50 Hz area to a 60 Hz area, or vice versa.
Otherwise, the air compressor cannot be operated at the relocation site. Operating the compressor without parts
replacement may cause failure of the compressor.

12.2 Disposal
To dispose of the air compressor after long use, be sure to drain lubricating oil. It is dangerous if lubricating oil leaks
to the outside for some reasons from a disposed air compressor. Contact the local HITACHI distributor/master dealer
or representative office.

119
13. WARRANTY, AFTER-SALES AND SERVICE
13.1 Limited Warranty

For information regarding warranty, refer to the HITACHI DSP-Series Warranty Policy.

13.2 After-Sales and Service

If you have a problem when using the product, read the Section 4. “TROUBLESHOOTING,” carefully and examine the
problem by yourself. If you still cannot find the answer, contact your distributor and declare the following information:

● Model (TYPE)
Check the nameplate on the product
● Serial Number (MFG. NO
● Total Operating Hours and Delivery Date
● Your Problem
● Customer’s Operation Interruption Condition

Note the air compresor's specifications for future reference.

Model DSP- HP Hz

Compressor Serial No.

Installed on day month year

Start-Up on day month year

Purchased from Phone : Sales Person :

120
 2nd-Stage Ambient Oil Oil Load Quantity of Power Total
Motor 1st-Stage Air End 2nd-Stage Air End Suction Air Temperature Temperature Pressure Ratio Cooling Operation Daily Control Remarks
Date Time Temperature Water Hours
Voltage Current Temperature Pressure Temperature Pressure Condensate
℉ psi ℉ psi ℉ ℉ ℉ psi gal HP Intercooler Aftercooler Oil Level (Parts Change etc.)
V A (℃ ) (MPa) (℃ ) (MPa) (℃ ) (℃ ) (℃ ) (MPa) % （ℓ） （kW） h Drain Trap

436℉ (224℃) or less

Air-Cooled 427℉ (219℃) or less When loading: 100 psi (0.69 MPa) or less 19 to 26 psi Condensate Condensate Condensate In oil level
Benchmarks 38 psi (0.26 MPa) or less When unloading:
490℉ (254℃) or less (0.13 to 0.18 MPa) drained drained drained gauge
(Fixed speed type) -12∼0 psi (-0.08∼0 MPa) 153℉
125 psi (0.86 MPa) or less
(67℃)
436℉ (224℃) 436℉ (224℃) or less 13 to 26 psi
Air-Cooled or less (0.09 to 0.18 MPa)
When loading: 100 psi (0.69 MPa) or less Condensate Condensate In oil level
Benchmarks [7 to 23 psi −
43 psi (0.29 MPa) or less 3∼15 psi 490℉ (254℃) or less drained drained gauge
104℉ 153℉ (0.05 to 0.16 MPa)]
(V type) (0.02∼0.10 MPa) (Purging) 125 psi (0.86 MPa) or less ※
(40℃) (67℃)
409 ℉ (209℃) or less When loading: 418℉ (214℃) or less
Water-Cooled or less or less
38 psi(0.26 MPa) or less When 100 psi (0.69 MPa) or less 16 to 26 psi Condensate Condensate Condensate In oil level
Benchmarks unloading: (0.11 to 0.18 MPa) drained drained drained gauge
472℉ (244℃) or less
(Fixed speed type) -12∼0 psi (-0.08∼0 MPa) 148℉
125 psi (0.86 MPa) or less
(65℃)
409℉ (209℃) 418℉ (214℃) or less 13 to 26 psi
Water-Cooled or less (0.09 to 0.18 MPa)
When loading: 100 psi (0.69 MPa) or less Condensate Condensate In oil level
Benchmarks [7 to 23 psi −
43 psi (0.29 MPa) or less 3∼15 472℉ (244℃) or less drained drained gauge
(V type) (0.05 to 0.16 MPa)]
psi (0.02∼0.10 MPa) (Purging) 125 psi (0.86 MPa) or less ※
14. OPERATION RECORD LOGBOOK

NOTES: 1. The marked items as well as the number of loading times are indicated on the LCD.
2. The values in the ( ) are for the working pressure of 125psi (0.86 MPa).
3. Regarding ※mark, upper figure is for 45Hz driving frequency, lower figure in [ ] is for less than 45Hz driving frequency.

121
15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Air-Cooled

Model DSP-90A6N DSP-110A6N DSP-90VA6N DSP-110VA6N

psi 100 125 100 125 100 125 100 125
Discharge Pressure
(MPa) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86)
Intake air Press./Temp. ℉ (℃) Atmospheric Pressure, 32 to 104 (0 to 40)
Type of compressed gas − Air
Capacity@rated cfm 636/544 724/611 636/544 724/611
pressure 60Hz (m3/min) (18.0/15.4) (20.5/17.3) (18.0/15.4) (20.5/17.3)
Air Compressor

Maximum motor
HP (kW) 160 (120) 185 (138) 160 (120) 185 (138)
shaft power
No. of Compression Stage − 2-Stage
Driving Method − Gear Driven
Motor Starting Method − Star-Delta Inverter
Discharge Air Pipe Connection inch 2 (flange connection)
Discharge Air Temperature ℉ (℃) Atmospheric Temperature + 27(15), or less
Oil Quantity gal (L) 6.9 (26) (Not filled)
Capacity Control System − On-Off line, 0% or 100% capacity, 2-step Variable Speed + Purge + Auto stop/restart
Oil Cooler/Aftercooler/
− Corrugated Fin Structure with Aluminum Slitted-Fin
Intercooler
Nominal Output HP (kW) 135 (100) 160 (120) 135 (100) 160 (120)
Type − Totally Enclosed Motor
Main Motor

Voltage Ｖ 460
Rated Current A 150 175 150 175
Frequency Hz 60
Number of Pole − 2
Insulation Class − F
Rated Output HP (kW) 2×2 (1.5×2)
Cooling Fan Motor

Type − PN-604-15H
Voltage V 460
Maximum Current A 2.5 3.4
Frequency Hz 60
Number of Pole − 4
Insulation Class − E
Approximate Weight lbs (kg) 5,250 (2,380) 5,600 (2,540) 5,470 (2,480) 5,580 (2,530)
External Dimensions inches 84.6×59.8×77.8
(W×D×H) (mm) (2,150 × 1,520 × 1,975)
NOTE: (1) Capacity is measured according to ISO 1217, Third Edition, Annex C.
(2) Earth leakage circuit breaker is out of scope of supply from Hitachi.
(3) DSP series air compressors are not designed, intended or approved for breathing air applications.
(4) Pressures are indicated as the gauge pressure.
(5) Install the air compressor indoors and avoid flammable and corrosive environment, moisture and dust.
(6) Use 3.5-4.5 ton duty fork truck for transportation of this air compressor.
(7) Hitachi may make improvements and/or changes in the appearance and/or specifications described in this publication at
anytime without notice.

122
 15. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

Water-Cooled

Model DSP-90W6N DSP-110W6N DSP-90VW6N DSP-110VW6N

100 125 100 125 100 125 100 125
Discharge Pressure psi (MPa)
(0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86) (0.69) (0.86)
Intake air Press./Temp. ℉ (℃) Atmospheric Pressure, 32 to 104 (0 to 40)
Type of compressed gas − Air
Capacity@rated cfm (m3/ 646/551 742/622 646/551 742/622
pressure 60Hz min) (18.3/15.6) (21.0/17.6) (18.3/15.6) (21.0/17.6)
Maximum motor
HP (kW) 160 (120) 185 (138) 160 (120) 185 (138)
shaft power
No. of Compression Stage − 2-Stage
Driving Method − Gear Driven
Air Compressor

Motor Starting Method − Star-Delta Inverter

Discharge Air Pipe Connection inch 2 (flange connection)
Discharge Air Temperature ℉ (℃) Cooling Water Temperature +23(13), or less
Cooling Water Pipe Connection inch 1-1/2
Cooling Water inlet Temperature ℉ (℃) 95(35) or less
Cooling Water Quantity gpm (L /min) 42 (160) 48 (180) 42 (160) 48 (180)
Oil Quantity gal (L) 4.2 (16) (Not filled)
Capacity Control System − On-Off line, 0% or 100% capacity, 2-step Variable Speed + Purge + Auto stop/restart

Water cooled Horizontal Shell and Tube Type

Oil Cooler −
(Water passes inside of Tubes)

Intercooler/ Water cooled Horizontal Shell and Tube Type

−
Aftercooler (Water passes outside of Tubes)
Nominal Output HP (kW) 135 (100) 160 (120) 135 (100) 160 (120)
Type − Totally Enclosed Motor
Main Motor

Voltage A 460
Rated Current A 150 175 150 175
Frequency Hz 60
Number of Pole − 2
Insulation Class − F
Nominal Output HP(kW) 0.067×3 (0.05×3) 0.268×2 (0.2×2)
Cooling Fan Motor

Type − − PN-404-02H
Voltage V 460
Maximum Current A 0.4 0.6
Frequency Hz 60
Number of Pole − 4
Insulation Class − E
Approximate Weight lbs (kg) 5,030 (2,280) 5,380 (2,440) 5,250 (2,380) 5,360 (2,430)
External Dimensions inches 84.6×59.8×71.9
(W×D×H) (mm) (2,150×1,520×1,825)
NOTE: (1) Capacity is measured according to ISO 1217, Third Edition, Annex C.
(2) Earth leakage circuit breaker is out of scope of supply from Hitachi.
(3) DSP series air compressors are not designed, intended or approved for breathing air applications.
(4) Pressures are indicated as the gauge pressure.
(5) Install the air compressor indoors and avoid flammable and corrosive environment, moisture and dust.
(6) Use 3.5-4.5 ton duty fork truck for transportation of this air compressor.
(7) Hitachi may make improvements and/or changes in the appearance and/or specifications described in this publication at
anytime without notice.

123
Hitachi Industrial Equipment Systems Co.,Ltd.

DSA-587E 2014.9
Printed in Japan